STANDING ORDER No
STANDING ORDER No.5
Dated:20th June 1954
Rule 200 MPM Vo.1, Information to the Inspector General of Police.
The attention of D.S.Ps. Of Districts and ASPs. In charge of Sub-Divisions is invited to rule 200 MPM Vol-1 which lays down that information of specially grave offences shell be sent by telegram to the Inspector General of Police. Telegraphic report will also include messages by telephone in near by places such as Bangalore etc. In all such cases telegraphic or telephonic report. In all such report copies of reports should go to the concerned Deputy. Inspector General of Police. Ss doubts are likely to arise as to which are grave offences warranting the communication by telegram of the said information to the Inspector General of Police, the following instructions are issued for their information and guidance, Reports under this rule should be sent in the following cases.
1. Any riot involving the use of firearms, the death of any person in an attack on the Police and all cases of communal riot.
2. Every case of assault on a Police Officer involving grievous hurt.
3. cases of the possession or manufacture or use of bombs or explosives even though non political in nature.
4. Robbery or attempted robbery by the administration of Datura or other drug or poison
5. All collisions between Europeans of all classes and Indians.
6. Outranges which have a Political aspect
7. Calamities, such as floods or earthquakes, which cause serious damage to life or properly.
8. All other events which have a political or administrative importance.
9. Any important occurrence which, in the discretion of the DSP is required to be brought to the notice of the Inspector General of Police.
STANDING ORDER No.6
C2-64/54-55, Dated 25th June 1954
Instructions to submit weekly diary-Part-II
The District Superintendent of Police, of District and Assistant Superintendent of Police, of Sub Divisions will please not that as laid down in rule 76 of the MPM Vol-1 the weekly exports of crime should be sent in form No.13, If printed forms are not available, sufficient number of forms should be got stenciled immediately or typed manuscripts should be used. The enclosures to Part-1 namely the progress reports giving Cr. No. also should be noted in manuscript on the docket sheet in Part-1 Form 12 bottom.
So long as a case is under investigation. Progress reports must be sent every week invariably in respect of all such cases in accordance with Rule 78 first part. The latter part of Rule 78, says that the progress of all old cases should be reported at least fortnight. Accordingly after the case is charge sheeted only fortnightly reports need be sent. On the top of the report, it should be clearly noted as weekly reports in the case of the former and fortnightly in the case of the latter.
The District Superintendent of Police, and Asst. Superintendent of Police, should maintain a separate record for heinous cases and allot, a Sl. No. for each case. This serial number should be noted in red ink at the top of the FIR and progress reports dispatched by the ASP or DSP. This serial No. will undoubtedly be in addition to the Station Cr. No. Thus a sample entry will read as under:-
Chennapatna Sub-Division HC No.10/54 (Red Ink).
STANDING ORDER No.8
No.C2-65/54-55, Dated 28th June 1954
Weekly Dairies of Gazetted Officers.
Part-II
There is no standing order prescribing the procedure for the disposal of Part-II Weekly Diary received from the Gazetted Officer. But the following procedure is in practice.
The diaries are addressed to the personal address of the Inspector General of Police, The Inspector General of Police after perusing part-I only to which part-II is also enclosed, transmits them to the Assistant Inspector General of Police who in turn transmits them to the Manager. The Manager detaches Part-I and II and passes on part 1 to the confidential Branch and Part-II to the Assistant Superintendent of Police, Crime Branch. The Asst. Superintendent of Police, Crime Branch, will dispose them off for himself signing for Inspector General of Police. Only matters pertaining to serious defects in investigation and progress in important cases will be submitted by him for orders of the Inspector General of Police.
There is delay in this procedure. The Assistant Superintendent of Police cannot dispose of them for himself. Hence, the following procedure is ordered.
Part-II Diary will be detached from Part-I by the Assistant Inspector General of Police as soon as they are received in this office and transmit the same to the Assistant Superintendent of Police of Police Crime Branch, will make necessary entries in the Crime Check Register. He will scrutinize the progress reports and put up the same with a note in the prescribed form for my orders.
STANTDING ORDER No.10.
No.C2-66/54-55, Dated: 20th June 1954.
I had the occasion of visiting several Police Stations by now. My visits grave me an impression that Police Stations have been generally neglected. The Sub Inspectors are not taking efforts to maintain the records up to date. Discipline in the Stations is poor and supervision over the Station work is practically nil. The attention of all the Superintendent of Police is drawn to this unsatisfactory state of affairs. They are requested to take personal interest to see that the existing state of affairs improves. The Superintendents of Police should make it a point to visit the Stations by surprise and set right things. The Assistant Superintendents of Police should make very frequent visits to the Stations and the Police Inspectors more frequently. If the state of affairs does not improve very rapidly, the officer responsible for supervision will have to be called to account.
STANDING ORDER No.11
No.C2-67/54-55, Dated: 29th June 1954
List of Records to be Maintained in various Office.
As it is found that the list of records to be maintained in the various office is not completely given in the annexure to the Mysore Police Manual the required information is collected from the various books and complied hereunder vide enclosures for use. These lists should be made available in the respective office of the Districts Superintendents of Police who are hereby supplied copies for reference and preparation of additional copies.
List of Records to be Maintained in the DPO
|Sl No. |Records |Form No. |
|1 |Verification Roll |1 |
|2 |Roll of an undersized/over aged man recommended for enlistment |2 |
|3 |Enlistment Register |3 |
|4 |List of Constable fit for Promotion |7 |
|5 |Confidential Sheets for Inspector Sub-Inspector Jemedars, Pro Officers |8 |
| |Managers. | |
|6 |Seniority List of Sub-Inspectors |17 |
|7 |Seniority List of Jemedars & Dfrs |8 |
|8 |Superintendents. Weekly Diary |13 |
|9 |Check Registers of Case Diaries |14 |
|10 |Reward Rolls |24 |
|11 |Punishment Rolls |26 |
|12 |Defaulter Sheets |27 |
|13 |First Information Report in Heinous cases |30 |
|14 |Memo of Remarks on case Diaries |34 |
|15 |District Police Sheets |- |
|16 |Passport for men going out side the State |55 |
|17 |District Crime Chart |- |
|18 |District Police Office Finger Print Register |86 |
|19 |List of Jotas and Festivals |108 |
|20 |Long Roll | |
|21 |Service Registers | |
|22 |Order Book | |
|23 |C.R.B. Classification of vacancies | |
|24 |Crime Ledger | |
|25 |Increment Register | |
|26 |Casual Leave Register | |
|27 |Superannuation Register | |
|28 |Force Return | |
|29 |Schedule of Establishment | |
|30 |Check Register of S.H.D. | |
|31 |Check Register General Diary | |
|32 |Index card of Drivers | |
|33 |Register of badges for Drivers | |
|34 |Register of badges for Conductions | |
|35 |Statement of vehicles checked Monthly | |
|36 |Statement of Vehicles checked Fortnightly | |
|37 |Statement of vehicles checked Monthly | |
|38 |Statistics of amount recovered etc., | |
|39 |D.L. Register | |
|40 |Consolidated Kit Ledger | |
|41 |Stores Ledger for part worm Kit articles | |
|42 |Stores Ledger for new Kt articles | |
|43 |Arms and Ammunition Register | |
|44 |Arms Deposal Register | |
|45 |Arms confiscated Register | |
|46 |Loss and Recoveries of arms and ammunition form No.109 | |
|47 |Cash Book | |
|48 |Cash Contingent Register | |
|49 |Reward Bill Register | |
|50 |Service stamp issue Register | |
|51 |Service Stamp Bill Register | |
|52 |Register for up keep of Police vans | |
|53 |Log Books | |
|54 |Miscellaneous Receipt Register | |
|55 |Bar awards of Executive & Ministerial Estts. | |
|56 |T.A. Bill Check Register | |
|57 |Pay Bill Check Register | |
|58 |T.A. Bill Check Register for Gazetted Officers | |
|59 |Treasury Bill Book | |
|60 |Cash received & Dispatch Register | |
|61 |Lock up contingent Register for Gazetted Officer | |
|62 |Bus Warrant Contingent (Check) | |
|63 |Furniture Register | |
|64 |Register of valuable Security and Bonds | |
|65 |Inspection minute Book | |
|66 |Pay attachment Register | |
|67 |Register of recovery of Advances | |
|68 |Register of Building & Units | |
|69 |Office Attendance Register | |
|70 |Transfer of Charge Book | |
|71 |Library Register | |
|72 |Register of issue of kit on payment of cost. | |
|73 |Government property Register | |
|74 |Stationary Stock Register | |
|75 |Stationary issue Register | |
|76 |Register of Recorded reference (D.D.is., Register) | |
|77 |Register of distraction of old records | |
|78 |Fine Warrant Register | |
|79 |Amad Register | |
|80 |Current Register | |
|81 |Tappal Book | |
|82 |Dispatch Register | |
|83 |Trunk Call Register | |
|84 |Sentry Relief Book | |
|85 |Repair of Government Articles Register | |
|86 |Check Register of recurring charges of vehicles | |
|87 |Audit retrenchment Register | |
|88 |Register of Duplicate keys of Cash Chest. | |
|89 |Leave Current Register | |
|90 |Punishment Current Register | |
|91 |Register of deferred punishments | |
|92 |Indent Register of Stores. | |
|93 |Copy of annual stock returns | |
|94 |Check Register of indents from Taluks. | |
|95 |Register of disposal of condemned articles | |
|96 |Register of disposal of condemned articles | |
|97 |Register of Dealers of Arms and Ammunition and Explosives. | |
A.S.P. Sub-Divisions
|Sl No. |Records |Form No. |
|1 |Crime Register | |
|2 |Cash Book | |
|3 |Pay A quittance Book | |
|4 |T.A. A quittance | |
|5 |Contingent Register | |
|6 |Stamp Expenditure Register | |
|7 |Combined current & Dispatch Register | |
|8 |Memo Form Book | |
|9 |Memo of remarks and case Diaries. | |
|10 |Tappel Book and Armed Register | |
LIST OF RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED IN THE POLICE INSPECTORS OFFICE
|Sl No. |Records |Form No. |
|1 |Inspectors village Register | |
|2 |Inspectors Crime Register | |
|3 |Inspectors Daily Diary | |
|4 |Target Practice Register | |
|5 |Register of Government Property | |
|6 |Case Diary | |
|7 |Investigating Officers Note Book | |
|8 |Memo of Remarks on case Diaries | |
|9 |Memo Form Book | |
|10 |Crime Chart | |
|11 |Extracts from the lists of Jathras & Festivals | |
|12 |Cash Book | |
|13 |Remittance Book | |
|14 |Combined Current Register | |
|15 |Contingent Register | |
|16 |Combined Current Register | |
|17 |Stamp Register | |
|18 |Taluk information Book | |
|19 |Arms & Ammunition Account Register | |
|20 |C.L. Register | |
|21 |Tap pal Book | |
|22 |Superior Officers Visiting Book | |
|23 |Indent Book | |
|24 |List of articles returned to the Stores | |
|25 |List of Persons suitable for enrollment as special Police Officers. | |
LIST OF RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED IN POLICE STATIONS
|Sl No. |Records |Form No. |
|1 |Visiting Book for superior Officers |11 |
|2 |Inspector’s Visiting Book |15 |
|3 |Note Books for Constable and Daffedars |22 |
|4 |First information Record |30 |
|5 |Case Diary |32 |
|6 |Investigation officers Note Book |33 |
|7 |Report of Properties seized |35 |
|8 |Memo Form Book |36 |
|9 |Arrest Report |40 |
|10 |“B” Sheet |46 |
|11 |Prisoner’s Search Register |42 |
|12 |Bail Bond Book |43 |
|13 |Search List Book |44 |
|14 |Charge Sheet |45 |
|15 |“C” Sheet |47 |
|16 |Recognizance Bond for complaint and witnesses |4 |
|17 |Notice to complainant under Section 157 (b) and 173 Criminal Procedure |49 |
| |Code | |
|18 |List of absconding warrantees |53 |
|19 |Statistical abstract of the station |57 |
|20 |List of Police Officers |58 |
|21 |List of Persons ordered to notify residence under section 565 Cr. And List|59 |
| |of persons conditionally released U/s 401 Cr. PC. | |
|22 |Station House Diary |60 |
|23 |Abstract of Duty done by the Station Staff |61 |
|24 |Quarterly Crime Abstract |62 |
|25 |Process Register (Regr. Cf Summons & Warrants) |63 |
|26 |List of unexecuted warrants |64 |
|27 |Duty Roster (Rural Stns.) |66 |
|28 |Duty Roster (Town Stations) |67 |
|29 |Village Roster |68 |
|30 |Petty Case Register |69 |
|31 |Sentry Relief Book |70 |
|32 |List of Government property |71 |
|33 |Defaulter Sheet |72 |
|34 |Medical History Sheet of men |73 |
|35 |Fine Warrant Register |74 |
|36 |Register of Licenses under the Arms Act |75 |
|37 |Register of Arms Deposited |76 |
|38 |Part-1 Station Crime History |78-1 |
|39 |Part-II Crime Charts | |
|40 |Part-III Record of Habitual Criminals |78-111 |
|41 |Index to Part-III |78-III a |
|42 |History Sheets Part-V |78-v |
|43 |Personal Sheets of C.T. Members |79 |
|44 |General Conviction Register |80 |
|45 |Check Register of persons entered in the G.C.R. |81 |
|46 |Bad Character Roll-Form A |82 |
|47 |Station Crime History –Part-IV |78-IV |
|48 |Weekly Station Crime Report |84 |
|49 |Bad Character Roll-Form B |85 |
|50 |Certificate U/s 565 Cr. PC |90 |
|51 |Gang Intelligence Report |91 |
|52 |Nominal Roll of Gang members |92 |
|53 |Foreigners Roll |93 |
|54 |Conviction Roll |95 |
|55 |Register of Finger Print Search Reference |98 |
|56 |Guard Duty Roster |101 |
|57 |Sub-Jain & Treasury Guard Report |102 |
|58 |Hazer Treasury Guard Report |103 |
|59 |Beat Books |104 |
|60 |Sample Signature Book |105 |
|61 |Check Register of K. Ds. and Suspects |106 |
|62 |Beat Book for towns |107 |
|63 |Report of the losses or thefts of Arms and Ammunition. |109 |
|64 |Report of Recovery of Arms & Ammunication |110 |
|65 |Register of Strayed cities |120 |
|66 |Register of petty cases |- |
|67 |Tap pal Book |- |
AT THE OUT POSTS
|68 |Visiting Book for Supervisor Officers |11 |
|69 |Inspector Visiting Book |15 |
|70 |Note Books |22 |
|71 |Memo Form Book |36 |
|72 |Duty Roster |66 |
|73 |Village Roster |68 |
|74 |Sentry Relief Book |70 |
|75 |Copies of History Sheets of Criminals |- |
|76 |Bad character Roll A &B |A-82 |
|77 |Beat Book |- |
|78 |Tappal Book |- |
|79 |Check Register of K. Ds and Suspects |- |
|80 |Petty Case Register |- |
STANDING ORDER No.12
No.C2-68/54-55, Dated 29th June 1954.
According to Rule 328 of the Mysore Police Manual the Station House Diary shall run from 6. A.M. to 6. AM. Usually. Mention has bean made therein about the dispatch of mail from the local post office to the Inspector’s Head Quarters. As this difference in timing is not very great it is hers by ordered that the diary may be closed at 6. A.M. and opened at 6. A.M. as a rule.
During my visits to several Stations I have noticed that the Sub-Inspectors are not in the habit of coming to the Station at 6 A.M. and opening the Station House Diary for the day. It is hereby ordered that all Sub-Inspectors in charge of Police Stations must come to the Station every day at 6 A.M. and open the diary himself. Whenever the Sub-Inspector is unable to come to the Station at 6 A.M. and open the diary. He should report in the Station House Diary as soon as the comes to the Station, the reasons for no opening the diary him self. When the Sub Inspector is not able to come to the Station to open the diary, the next junior office attached to the Station would be the Station House officer and should comply with the above orders.
STANDING ORDER No.13
June 1954
As per Rule 58 and 59 of the Mysore Police Manual Vol-1, the Dist., Superintendent of Police is responsible for the force under his control being properly trained and kept efficient. He discipline, To achieve this object, the District Superintendent of Police must attend parades as frequently as possible. There is a detachment of the M.A.R.P. in the Headquarters of each District and in certain other places. It is the duty of the District Superintendent of Police to attend the parade in the his own headquarters as also in other places where detachments are located in each District.
It is similarly the duty of the Assistant Superintendent of Police Bangalore Dist., has got his headquarters in Bangalore where he has no jurisdiction. He would however be responsible for attending the parade of the M.A.R.P. detachment at chennapatna whenever possible. The District Superintendent of Police Bangalore North and South have got no M.A.R.P. detachments under them directly (as the two Armed Reserves at Bangalore have been amalgamated) It is their duty to attend parades of the Civil Police. It is up to them to group them conveniently.
In consonance with the above instructions, each District Superintendent of Police must make it a point to attend parades at least once a week.
STANDING ORDER No.16
Dated 6th June 1954.
Rule 14 of the Drill Manual Prescribes the drill movements in relation to saluting without arms. In accordance with this order a Police Officer salutes his seniors in rank. At present only police Officers salute when they wear head dress. It is hereby ordered that the same orders will be carried out even without head dress.
STANDING ORDER No.17
No. S. C 151/54-55 dated 1st July 1954
Procedure for disposal of Forfeited and Confiscated Arms.
Extracts from the relevant Govt. orders bearing on the subject are reproduced below for information and strict guidance of all police officers concerned. There should on no account be any deviation from these instructions.
I Govt. Order No. P 5845-902/Pol 114-33-4 dated 26-6-34, Rules for the disposal of Forfeited or Confiscated Arms.
1. Arms and ammunition and stores which can be utilized by the police or any other Govt. Department may be retained and brought into use with the sanction of Govt.
2. Arms and ammunition not so retained shall be disposed of in the following manner:
a) All revolvers and Pistols of whatever bore and all rifles and ammunition of prohibited bore shall be sent to the Inspector General of Police Bangalore.
b) Arms, ammunition and stores other than those described under (a) above may be sold to licensed dealers or other persons. entitled to possess them.
c) Arms not disposed of under (b) shall be broken up locally and the materials sold unless they are rifled fire arms or rifle barrels in which case they should be sent to the Inspector General of Police to be broken up. Ammunition and stores not disposed of under (b) shall be destroyed in the presence of the officer ordering confiscation and a certificate made by him to that effect.
II. Letter No.P.8/99, dated 25-3-48 from the Chief Secy. To Govt., Bangalore to the Inspector General. of Police in Mysore, Bangalore.
The unserviceable and condemned weapons should be thoroughly broken in the presence of a committee of 3 or 4 Officers viz., the Inspector General of Police, the Dist. Magistrate of Bangalore Dist., and the Superintendent of Police Reserve Police Force, on a day to be conveniently fixed Mutual consent.
III G.O. No. HA 5734-55 Pol. 307-50-2, dated 26-9-50, In partial modification of the rules prescribed in the G.O. dated 26-6-34, the following rules are prescribed for the disposal of confiscated or forfeited weapons:-
A Notification shall be published by the Inspector General of Police in three consecutive issues of the Mysore Gazette once in a quarter calling upon the following persons to apply within one month for the forfeited or confiscated arms:-
i) Heirs of deceased licensed holders whose weapons are forfeited.
ii) Those whose weapons were forfeited as they did not get their licenses renewed or on account of their taking part in National struggle.
iii) Bonafide agriculturists who want weapons for guarding their crops and livestock.
iv) ]those who presented their weapons to Govt. during the last war.
v) Govt. servants in essential services like the police Military, Revenue, excise, etc., who require weapons for their personal safety.
vi) Non-officials who are licensees who do not come within the 5 categories mentioned above.
The applications for Muzzle loaders may be preferred to the District Inspector General of Police. The sale in all cases except Revolvers and Pistols shall be ordered by the Inspector General of Police once a quarter and proposals for the sale of Revolver and Pistols shall be sent to Govt., once in a quarter.
The weapons may be given at the following rates:-
Applications coming under categories
i) & (ii) not less that
Rs.5/- for SBML Gun
Rs.7-8-0 for a DBML Gun
Rs.50/- for SBBL Gun or Rifle,
Rs.75/- for a Pistol or a Revolver.
-do- (iii) (v) and (vi)- the price should be
As for as possible equal to the
Current market price.
-do- (iv) An upset price of Rs.50/- for a
Weapon equivalent to the one
Given by them as gift.
The weapons which are not thus disposed off May be destroyed if unserviceable and the rest retained and carried forward.
The weapons shall be sold only to the licenses.
IV. Letter No. H. A. 63/Pol 3-51-2 dated 4th April 1951 from the Chief Secy. to Govt.,
I am directed to convey the approval of Govt., of the rates proposed by you in your letter dated 14-2-51, for the sale of breach-lodging guns as noted in the margin:
Average cost For the Special Make
|a) |Serviceable |DBBL Guns Rs 300/- upto 500/- |The rates |
| | | |Proposed for the sale of|
| | | |Muzzle loading guns are |
| | | |too low and Govt. have |
| | | |fixed the* |
|b) | -do- |SBBL Guns Rs 150/- to 200 300/- | |
|c) |Repairable |DBBL Guns Rs 200/- 300/- | |
|d) | -do- |SBBL Guns Rs.100/- to 150 200/- | |
|a) |Repairable |DBML Guns Rs 40/- | |
|b) | -d0- |SBML Guns Rs 20/- | |
|c) |Serviceable |DBML Guns Rs 60/- | |
|d) | -d0- |SBML Guns Rs 40/- | |
*following minimum rates for such weapons:-
V. Letter No.H.A.1484/Pol, dated 17-5-2 from the Secy. to Govt., Home Department to the Inspector General of Police
Govt. have therefore decided to sell condemned Muzzle loading guns to the persons licensed to manufacture fire arms. You may in consultation with the Dist., Magistrates of Districts and the District Superintendent of Police sell condemned Muzzle loading guns to a few selected manufactures for the manufacture of Muzzle loading guns.
STANDING ORDER No.22
Dated 10th July 1954
The office will prepare in a Register list of Police Officers of all ranks concerned in Criminal cases and put up a monthly statement to me before the 5th .
A similar statement showing the Police Officers of all ranks under suspension for over one month should be put up to me before 5th .
The first such statement should be put up to me immediately. The statement should be one below the other in appropriate forms which might be as under.
Form “A”
List of Police Officers of all ranks concerned in Criminal cases.
|No. |Name |Rank/No. |Nature of offence |Cr. No. of stations or |Whether under |Whether |
| | | | |C.C.No. |Suspension or |convicted or not|
| | | | | |not | |
|(1) |(2) |(3) |(4) |(5) |(6) |(7) |
Form “B”
List of Police Officers of all ranks under suspension.
|No. |Name |Rank/No. |Date of Suspension |Offence |Reason for delay in|
| | | | | |Disposal of case |
|(1) |(2) |(3) |(4) |(5) |(6) |
STANDING ORDER No.24
Dated 13th July 1959
Instructions for taking action under the press (objectionable matter) Act 1951.
Government in their letter No.1076/p & N 4-54-2 dated 4-6-54 have observed that action taken under the press (objectionable Matter) Act 1951 in the State is inadequate with the result that publications containing objectionable matters are freely sold without any check or hindrance in Book stalls and other shops and therefore have stressed the need for taking more stringent action in the connection.
The attention of the D.S. Ps is hereby drawn to provisions of the press (objectionable matter)Act-1951. Steps should be taken to prevent the publication of objectionable matter of the nature described in section 3 of the act. Offences u/s 26 and 27 of the Act are cognizable and whenever occasions arise, case should be registered and prompt action taken against the offenders under the said sections.
As regards prosecutions u/s 4,5,7, and 8 of the Act, the police have no power as it is only a competent authority who includes the Dist., Magistrate of every Dist., who is empowered to initiate proceedings under the said sections.
It is brought to the notice of the undersigned that obscene and other publications containing objectionable matter are freely sold in books stalls and Railway Stations in the Cities of Bangalore. Mysore K.G.F. and Davanagere, In the first stage the D. S. Ps of Bangalore North, Bangalore South Mysore, Chitrdurga and K.G.F. will instruct the S.B. staff to pay frequent visits to such shops purchase out of S.B. funds news papers, news sheets, books or pamphlets suspected to contain objectionable matter. They will then be examined and report sent to the Dist., Magistrate for taking action against the publishers of such news papers news sheets, books pamphlets etc., which contain, objectionable matter.
The District Superintendent of Police will send to this office a monthly report as to the work done under the press (objectionable matter) Act 1951 in the following form so that it reaches this office before the 5th of every month.
Statement showing the details of action taken to initiate proceedings under the press (objectionable matter) Act 1951.
………Month
|Sl. No. |Name of |No. of cases |No of cases |No. of cases |No. of cases | Remarks |
| |Place |detected during |convicted out|detected |converted during | |
| | |the month |of those |during the |the years | |
| | | |detected |year | | |
| | | |during the | | | |
| | | |month | | | |
|(1) |(2) |(3) |(4) |(5) |(6) |(7) |
STANDING ORDER No.27
DATED 18TH July 1954,
Note Books
It is noticed by me during my inspections that literate Police Constables, Dafedars and Sub-Inspector are not maintaining note books one Sub-Inspector when asked about the not book said that he has not maintained one ever since he took charge of the Station. It is apparent that note books are not written up properly by the Sub-Inspectors and the men, the attention of all the Superintendents of Police drawn to Rule Nos. 123, 331 and 332 of police Manual
Vol-1.
STANDING ORDER No.31
Dated 23rd July 1954.
The attention of the District Superintendent of Police is drawn to Chief Office No. A. C. 1963/38-39 dated 13-5-1939 insisting on the maintenance of an increment register for watching the increments due to Constables for some years ahead.
2, Most of the Superintendent of police seeking sanctions for arrears of increments due for over 2 years and 3 years clearly indicate that the register prescribed above is not being correctly maintained in all the District police Offices.
3. As the scales of pay of Constables is now biennial (once in 2 years) it would suffice if the register includes names and dates of accrual of increment to constables. Month war, for a period of 2 years ahead.
4. As the power of sanction of increments to all non-gazetted staff except Senior Managers and Chief Office staff has been delegated to the Deputy Inspectors-General of Police and District Superintendents police in G.O. No. H. A. 1104-14/Pol 33-53-2 dated 19-5-1953, it is necessary that a “rough increment register “ month war, is maintained in the offices of the sanctioning authority in respect of all cadre of appointments to carry time scale of pay to facilitate the sanctioning authority to check up to and see that the increment rolls area put up in time without unnecessarily allowing them to fall into arrears.
5. For the maintenance of the Register, the following perform is indicated:-
1. Serial No.
2. Rank
3. Name
4. (a) Present pay (b) date
5. Pay after increment.
6. Actual date from which increment is sanctioned
7. Initials of the sanctioning authority
8. Remarks.
6. The rough register should be prepared month war during December for the coming year. Such a register should be prepared immediately for this year and the officers concerned should scrutinized and pass order thereon.
7. The Deputy Inspector- General of Police will inspect this register in the course of their inspections of offices and note lapses, if any.
8. Similar registers should be maintained in the offices of the Deputy Inspector General of Police in respect of increments to be sanctioned by them.
STANDING ORDER No.32
No. A5C Dated 22nd July 1954.
Ref:- (1) Chief Office memo No.A.C.1665/40-41 dated 17-1-245 directing the Police Inspectors to prepare statement in form “B” pertaining to each Bus Company and transmission to the Dist., police office, along with the Traveling allowance bills for needful.
(2) G.O. No. F1.4474-7 SBA 56-50-2 dated9th August 50 fixing the time limit of 6 months for preferring the claims on account of cost of Bus Warrants without approaching Govt.,
(3) Chief Office Circular No.CA. 1/54-55 dated 16-4-54 issuing instructions among other matters the preparation and payment of Bus warrant bills promptly.
As the bills on account of cost of Bus warrants preferred with undue delay is still being received in spite of circular instructions in this behalf, it is directed that to ensure prompt disposal of such claims the District Superintendent of Police will as soon as T.A. bills are received, note the particulars of the Bus warrants issued by each subordinate officer in the concerned Register at the D.P.O. in the pages set apart for each Company and arrange to issue intimation to the concerned Bus owners by the 15th of the month succeeding to which the warrants relate and arrange to get the bills promptly and disposed off.
It will therefore be the responsibility of the District Superintendent of Police to get the bills in time and arrange payment promptly and avoid applying to this office for obtaining Government sanction for belated claims.
The reason for submission of belated claims on the ground of non-receipt of bills from the Bus Companies will not be accepted.
STANDING ORDER No.34
Dated 23rd July 1954
The attention of the District Superintendent of Police is drawn to rules 290-293 of the Mysore police manual Vol-1 which gives instructions relating to appeals against acquittals. As the instructions contained here are considered good enough, the instructions issued in this office No. C 1242/50-51 dated 5trh March 1951 regarding copies of judgments to sent are cancelled. There is no need to sent copies of judgment s in any case as a matter of routine to this office, Whenever there is need, It is left to the District Superintendent of Police to bring to my notice any special case, Alternatively, whenever there is need, I will call for copies of judgments and reports from the District Superintendent of Police.
This standing order supersedes all other instructions on the subject issued from this office, instructions from the Government or statute will un-doubtedly hold good.
STANDING ORDER No.35
No .S. C. 200/54-55. Dated 23rd July 1954
The following instructions are issued relating to the Uniform of non-Gazetted Officers All officers concerned should be given clear instructions about this and the same should be carried out with immediate effect.
RULES RELATING TO UNIFORM OF NON-GAZETTED POLICE OFFICES OF THE BANGALORE CORPORATION AREA
INSPECTOR
FULL DRESS
Coats:- Dark Blue Gabardine cloth tunic withstand- up Collar worn outside single white linen collar with five regulation buttons down front patch pockets on breasts and in shirts with flaps secured by medium size regulation buttons, white mete eagles surrounded by a small wreath to be worn on collar and the monogram MSP in block letters ½ wide and in long at the base of the shoulder strap secured with small sized regulation buttons. The design of the Eagle will be circular, one inch in diameter with the wreath and the width of the wearth will be 1/10 the of an inch.
Breeches:- In Khaki Gabardine or drill riding pattern with Richmond Gaiters and brown Balmorals boots.
Turban:- A dark blue turban, the ends of which are trimmed with five stripes of gold lace, each one inch wide, on a dark blue ground with interspaces of one inch/each having five gold lace lines, three of which will be in the middle at equal distances and the other two on either edge of the lace stripe both at the commencement and end of the laced portion, there will be five lines of gold lace, placed at equal distances in space of two inches the turban to be tied in the prescribed fashion, over a conical black Kula the top of which is covered with gold lace to a depth of three inches, the cap being visible three inches from the top above the turban, The fringes will be of tassels of dark red silk.
Sword:- Steel hilted with stark skin grip cavalry pattern.
Scabbard:- Sam Brown pattern.
Sword belt:- San brown pattern with yellow metal fittings.
Sword knot:- Brown leather with acorn.
WORKING DRESS
Shirt:- Khaki half-arm drill shirt with two cross patch pockets with flaps5 ½ inches wide by 6 ½ inches to the top of the flap, and fastened with 3 small white metal buttons, the top one of which will be an inch below the junction of the collar bones leaving the neck open shoulder straps of the same material, the buttons of the shirt pockets and shoulder straps will be of white metal of regulation pattern. At the base of the shoulder strap the monogram MSP in block letters made of white metal ½ inch wide and 1 inch long and on each point of the collar of the shirts, a white metal State Emblem of the same pattern as worn in full dress
Shorts :- Khaki drill with loops for belt, to be worn one inch above knee joint.
Boots and putties :- Brown ankle lace boots with plain toe caps and khaki woolen half putties tied over khaki woolen hose tops.
Shoes and Stocking :- Brown laced shoes with plain toe caps and khaki woolen stockings
Belt:- Same as for Full dress.
Whistle:- Of usual police pattern to be worn attached to a khaki lanyard and carried in left breast pocket.
Head Dress:- A khaki solar tepee of regulation pattern (Sample available in Chief office) or a forage cap. A white metal badge with Ashoka Pillar occupying the centre and top of badge with the words Mysore Police around to be won in the centre of the solar topee or the forage cap in front. The forage cap will be of blue cloth with three cloth welts. 4 ½ inches total depth, diameter across the top 10-3/8th inches for a cap fitting 21 ¾ inches in circumference the top to be 1/8the inch larger or smaller in diameter for every 1 4/3 inch by which the cap may vary in size of the head above or below the before- mentioned standard, e.g., for a cap 22 ¼ in circumference the diameter across the top to be 10-5/8 and for a cap of 21 in circumference, the diameter to be 10. the sides to be made in four pieces and to be 2, 1/8 deep between the welts. A band of black mohair oilcan lace 1 ¼ wide to be place between the two lower welts. A white metal badge as described above to be worn in the centre of the cap front. Chin strap of black patent leather 3/8 inch wide with loop and slide, fastened just behind ends of peak with two georgette buttons, The peak to be 1 ½ inches wide, of black paten leather to drop at an angle of 45 degrees. To be worn with khaki cover.
SUB INSPECTORS
FULL DRESS
Coat:- Dark blue Gabardine or Serge tunic with stand-up closed collar patch pockets on breasts with fangs secured by medium sized regulation buttons, five large regulation buttons down front of tunic, pointed cuffs Shoulder straps secured by small sized regulation buttons. Eagles to be worn on the collar as for Inspectors.
Breeches:- In khaki drill riding pattern with brown Richmond Gaiters and Balm oral Boots.
Turbans:- Same as for Inspectors except that the material is khaki twill instead of khaki drill.
Shorts :- Same as for Inspectors
Boots and Putties :- Same for Inspectors
Whistles:- Same for Inspectors
Head Dress:- Same for Inspectors
Belt:- Brown belt of regulation pattern with a buckle of yellow metal rectangular in shape, the width of the belt to be 2,
JAMADARS:
FULL DRESS
Coat:- of blue serge with closed standup collar, five Mysore police Buttons in front, shoulder straps secured by spherical worsted buttons, cuffs five inches deep: the badge MSP in block letters, as described for Inspectors, at the base of shoulder straps.
Shorts:- Of khaki drill regulation pattern to be worn one inch above the knee joint.
Putties :- Nay blue
Boots:- Ankle brown boots
Turban:- Dark blue cloth with yellow and black shamla with a streak of gold in the centre to be worn according to prescribed pattern over a khaki kulla.
Kulla :- Khaki of regulation pattern
Belts:- Of brown leather regulation pattern with frogs if side arms are carried.
WORKING DRESS
Shirts:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors, except that a white metal Asoka Pillar will be worn on the upper part of the right arm of the shirt instead of the State emblem on the collar of the shirts.
Shorts:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors
Boots and Putties:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors
Shoes and Stocking:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors
Whistle:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors
Head Dress:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors
Belt:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors.
TRAFFIC HEAD CONSTABLE
FULL DRESS
Coat:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors,
Breeches:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors
Turbans:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors
Shirts:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors except that the letter T in white metal is worn in the centre and above the left breast pocket on a yellow background instead of the Eagles on the collars of the shirt.
Shorts:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors
Boot and putties:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors
Shoes and stocking:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors
Whistle:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors
Head dress:- A solar tope of regulation pattern with the same badge as for Sub-Inspectors worn in the front and centre of tepee
Belt:- Same as for Sub-Inspectors
DAFFEDARS
FULL DRESS
COAT:- Of blue serge with closed standup collar, five Mysore Police buttons in front, shoulder straps secured by spherical worsted buttons cuffs 5 inches deep MSP badge on shoulder straps as in the case of Jamedars.
Slacks:- Of khaki material of regulation pattern without turnips and shaped from instep to heels. Bottom measuring 18”- 19
Boots:- Black regulation Ammunition boots
Turban:- Dark blue cloth with yellow and black shamble with red cotton bugged lines, to be worn according to prescribed pattern over khaki kullas.
Belt:- Snake Mysore State Police buckle belt of brown color.
Kulla:- Khaki regulation pattern.
WORKING DRESS
Jacket:- Of khaki drill with standup collar, fastened in front with five big Mysore Police white metal buttons, a pocket on each breast with flap secured by small electro-plated hemispherical buttons shoulder strap of the same material fastened with similar small buttons. Dist., numbers and metal numbers to be worn on the collar 1 ½ inches from the neck opening Dist., letters on the right side and the metal numbers on the left.
In the case of Daffedars of Traffic, a letter ‘T’ of white metal to be worn on a yellow ground above the left breast pocket in the centre.
Slacks:- Of khaki regulation pattern as for full dress.
Turbans:- Same as for full dress
Kulla:- As for full dress
Boots:- As for full dress.
Chevrons:- Silver chevrons, one for the second grade and two for the first grade to be worn on the upper right arm.
Belt:- Brown snake Mysore State Police Buckle belts of regulation pattern.
Whistle:- Those supplied may be worn with a white metal chain in the approved manner.
Note:- Those Traffic Daffedars may wear sun topees supplied to them during day time. They may also wear white jackets of the same pattern as khaki in the evenings or when required.
POLICE CONSTABLES
FULL DRESS
Coar:- Of blue serge after the khaki pattern will be used along with other articles as in working dress.
WORKING DRESS
Jackets:- Same as for Daffedars, except that instead of wearing the Dist., and metal numbers on the collar, the constables will wear them on the punna of the turbans.
Slacks:- Same as for Daffedars.
Boots:- Same as for Daffedars.
Turbons:- Dark blue turbans with khaki kulla worn in the prescribed manner, yellow punna to be worn on the left side of the turban, The metal number will be fastened to the punna, quarter inch above the top edge of the fringe and the Dist., letters quarter of an inch above the metal number, Solar topees of regulation pattern and supplied from the Chief Office may be worn by Traffic Constables during day time Dist., letter and metal numbers to be worn on yellow flash 2” x 2” on the left of the solar topees.
Kulla:- As for Daffedars.
Whistles :- As for Daffedars.
Note: Traffic Police Constables will wear a white metal letter “T” on a yellow ground above the left breast pocket of their jacket in the centre as in the case of traffic Daffedars. They will wear white jackets in the evening or when required. When on point duty, the men should wear hats or any other special equipment as is sanctioned by Government.
STANDING ORDER No.36
No.G.C. July 1954.
The Mysore Police Manual does not make mention about the Station Writers. Mention however is made in the allocation list sanctioned by Govt., in their order No. P.5622-23/Pol, 83-36-5 dated 18th 23rd March 1937 about the Station Writers. As the Police Manual does not make it clear how the Station writers have to function or how they must be picked out, instructions are now issued about the same.
The functions of the Station writer should be to maintain the records of a Police Station with regard to day police Station administration. He is only a Constable and as such he is subordinate to the Sub-Inspector, Jamedar and Daffedar, where however the Station Writer has been provided in a higher rank he has the corresponding status.
As the Station Writer has to handle records which are essentially maintained in English and as he has to attend to correspondence perhaps from other States also, it is desirable that the Station Writer should be picked out. For picking out Station Writers the following procedure is suggested.
1. The list of Station Writers for the District should be prepared by the District Superintendent of Police personally once a year or more often as is necessary.
2. It is desirable that the D. S. Ps. should have a oral and written test before drawing up the list.
3. The minimum qualification should be a pass in M.S. or Lower Secondary examination.
4. The Constable to be selected should have put in a service of 3 years.
5. Good character and conduct.
The list will be arranged in order preference.
It is from this list that the D.S.P. should post station writers for the Stations of his District.
STANDING ORDER No.38
No. A. C. R. 12/54-55 Dated: July 1954
It is observed by the under signed that the Reward Rolls are recommended in form No.24. P.M. 134 without furnishing the meritorious services performed by each parson.
It is therefore ordered that an abstract of good work done by each individual should be written in the reward Roll at the end of column No.6. denoting the acts and services of every individual which requires recognition.
STANDING ORDER No.39
Dated: July 1954,
The attention of the D. S. Ps. is invited to this Office memos No. Cin.7/53-54 dated 7-4-1953 and No.51/54-55 dated 15-5-1954. It is still observed that the local C. T. Os. (police Inspectors ) are not taking sufficient interest in the correct and prompt dispatch of shows tax returns by the cinema managements. This has resulted in unnecessary correspondence and delay in submitting a consolidated monthly statement to Government which is due on 20th of the month following the month to which it relates as laid down in Rule (8) of the shows tax rules 1951. The attention of the C. T. Os. is invited to Rule 5 of the shows tax rules and the circulars issued from time to time in this behalf.
It is once again reminded that the show tax returns of the month should reach this Office on or before the 10th of the month following the month to which it relates and any delay will be seriously viewed by the undersigned.
The instructions contained in memo No. Cin 7/53-54 dated 7-4-53 (copy enclosed) should be strictly followed.
STANDING ORDER No.43
Dated: July 1954,
The attention of the D. S .Ps is invited to this office memos No. Cin.7/53-54 dated 7-4-1953 and No.51/54-55 dated 15-5-1954. It is still observed that the local C.T. Os. (Police Inspectors) are not taking sufficient interest in the correct and prompt dispatch of shows tax returns by the cinema managements. This has resulted in unnecessary dated monthly statement to Government which is due on 20th of the month following the month to which it relates as laid down in Rule (8) of the shows tax rules 1951. The attention of the C. T. Os. is invited to Rule 5 of the shows tax rules and the circulars issued from time to time in this behalf.
It is once again reminded that the show tax returns of the month should reach this office on or before the 10th of the month following the month to which it relates and any delay will be seriously viewed by the undersigned.
The review of the working of the Prohibition Scheme is due to Government on or before the 20th of every succeeding month to which the review relates.
The District Superintendent of police of the prohibition District will send the monthly returns on or before the 10th of the Succeeding month to which the returns pertain to.
With a view to effect uniformity of obtaining information the returns should be sent in the enclosed Performa in future.
This is in super cession of previous instructions on the subject.
Statement of Cases Detected during the month
| | |No of cases during the corresponding month of |
| |Case of …….. |previous |
| | |year |
|District | | |
| |I.D. |Smg. |Drunkness |
|10 |11 |12 |13 |
a) Remarks for variation if any
b) Analysis of cases reported
c) Nature of preventive work done during the month.
d) Number of raids conducted in villages and localities known for illicit distillation.
Tabular Monthly Comparative Statement for the month of
|Description of the | | | | |
|offence |Cases Persons |Cases Persons |Cases persons |Cases Persons |
| | |Reported in the | | |
| | |corresponding month of | | |
|Reported in the month |Reported from 1st Jan up |previous years |Reported up to the end | |
| |the end of the month | |of the month in the | |
| | | |previous year | |
1. Smuggling of liquor from outside District
2. illicit distillation of arrack.
3. Possession of I.D. arrack
4. Sale of I.D. arrack
5. illicit tapping
6. Drawing sweet toddy and permitting to ferment.
7. smuggling of toddy from outside district.
8. illicit cultivation of hump plant.
9. Unlicensed sale of liquor
10. Possession of Liquor without permit.
11. illicit cultivation of hemp plant.
12. Smuggling of intoxication drugs.
13. Smuggling of intoxication drugs from neighboring
provinces.
14. illicit transport of drugs.
15. Unlicensed possession of drugs.
16. Smuggling of Opium.
17. Transport of Opium
18. Possession of Opium
19. Sale of Opium
20. Offence under dangerous Drugs Act
21. Hurt cases (Sce.160 I.P.C.)
22. Drunkenness (Sec 510 I.P.C.)
23. Miscellaneous
SECTION:-I(a)
Tabular statement of important cases-Seizers and arrests under the Prohibition and Opium and dangerous Drugs Act
|Sl No. |Station & Taluk |Cr. No. date of |Name and rank|Description of|Section of Law | Name & Address of the |
| | |detection or |of Officer |offence | |accused |
| | |report of cases |detecting or | | | |
| | | |reporting | | | |
| | | | | | |
| |P.T |R.I |S.I |Fine |Fine & Impt. |
| | | | | |Enhanced |Conviction |
| | | | | |punishment |ordered/acquittal or|
| | | | | |award during |discharged during |
| | | | | |the month |the month |
SECTION III
Statement showing the number of vehicles checked during the month.
|Dist. |Lorries |Buses |
In this case the complainant P.W.I. appeared at the Station at 2-30 a.m. 14-7-54 and complained that on the evening to 14-7-54 in front of his house at Marasettihalli accused assaulted with clubs the seceased and P. Ws 2,3 and 4 and caused serve injuries to them due to ill will. The deceased succumbed to the injuries late in the night.
Immediately after reaching the spot, I inspected the scene of occurrence and examined the witnesses (Describe the scene of occurrence and attach plan if need be)
There was ill-feeling between the deceased and A-3 with respect to rights of worshipping the temple at their village and right to enjoy the imam lands yielding an annual income of Rs.300/- attached to this temple for the last six years. Both had gone to Revenue courts. In all Courts including the Revenue Commissioner’s Court the dispute was decided in favor of the deceased. A-3 had appealed to the Revenue Minister. Both had appeared before the Revenue Minister, at Bangalore on 12-7-54 and had returned to the village on 13-7-54, A-3 did not hope to win the appeal with the Revenue Minister. Hence be has behaving furiously towards the deceased since this time of returning from Bangalore On the evening of 14-7-54 when the deceased returned home with his cattle and servants P. Ws. 3 and 4 all the accused surrounded the deceased armed with bamboo clubs and started assaulting him. P.Ws, 2,3 and 4 went to the risqué of the deceased. They were also assaulted by the accused. When the deceased fell mouth, nose and injuries on his head, the accused dispersed.
P. Ws. 5 to9 are independent witnesses residing in the surrounding houses at the scene of occurrence, On hearing the alarm raised by P.Ws.2, Ningamme wife of the declassed they came out of their houses and noticed the occurrence and they were unable to interfere as they were either women or aged persons.
P. Ws. 2,3 and 4 who were injured were treated by the Doctor who came to the spot to hold P. Ws examination. There is no danger to their lives.
The house of the accused were searched. From the house of A-1 two clubs were found. Both were blood stained. They were seized. In the house of A-3 four clubs, 3 dhotis and 4 shirts were found which were blood stained. They were seized. The clothes were identified by P. Ws. as those worn by A 3 to4 A 6 at the time of occurrence.
It was learnt that the accused have gone to Bangalore to consult their Lawyer Sri Mahantiah. Hence I deputed the Police Inspector with P.W 1 to Bangalore to arrest the accused.
On the morning of 17-7-54 the P.I. returned from Bangalore with A-1 to A-6 and reported that he arrested them on the night of 16-7-54 at Totodappa Choultry. These accused stared that A-7 might have gone to his village Byranahalli in Kunigal Taluk I have made arrangements to trace him.
The investigation shows that all the accused are liable and as such the case will be charged after completing the investigation.
Further progress will be reported through weekly progress reports.
STANDING ORDER No59
No. CB. 169/54, 24TH August 1954
Gazetted Officers going over to Bangalore to call at Chief Office and leave their addressed.
The attention of all the Gazetted Officers of the department is invited to this office No.GC.117/46-47 dated 26-7-46 (copy attached) and they are requested to call at the Chief Office Whenever they go over to Bangalore either on duty or on leave and enter their names and Bangalore address in the visitor’s book kept by the Headquarters’ Assistant, They are further informed that the case they area unable to call at the Chief Office, they should at least telephone
Chief Office memo No.GC.117/45-47, Dt.25th July 1945.
Gazetted Officers of the Department whenever they go over to Bangalore on duty or on leave should call on the Inspector General or in his absence, the Deputy Inspector General of Police or the Headquarters Assistant to I.G.P. and enter their names in the Visitor’s book kept by the Headquarters’ Assistant.
STANDING ORDER No. 60
Weekly diaries of DSPs and ASPs.
Rule No.76 MPM Vol-1 down that at the close of each week D. S. Ps. and A. S. Ps. shall send to the I.G.P. through the Deputy Commissioner. A weekly report in form No.12 It is noticed that the officers noted below have not been sending their weekly diaries up to now. In the absence of such diaries it has not been possible to judge the work done by them. As such they are directed to send hereafter the desires in the prescribed form through the officers noted against each.
Through
|1 |DSP MARP Place Guards Mounted and Dismounted |DIG Mysore |
| |Companies | |
|2 |DSP MARP Bangalore |DIG Bangalore |
|3 |ASPs. Of MARP |DSP MARP & DIG Bangalore |
|4 |ASPs. Of SB. CID Wireless and Scientific |DIG Bangalore. |
| |Laboratory. | |
The A. S. Ps, of Crime and Motor Branches attached to Chief Office need not send the weekly diaries as they are purely attached to office work.
STANDING ORDER No.63
No. B. C. 162/54 Dated September 1954
Monthly statement of progress of works works “Original Major, Minor & Repairs” to Police buildings.
It is observed that grants under PWD pertaining to Police Departmental Buildings are lapsing since the works are not executed in time. Unless a up-to data information regarding the progress of sanctioned works under original Minor, Original Major and Special Repairs of Police Buildings are available the laps of grant cannot be successfully arrested. Therefore, the following procedure is prescribed so that the Deputy. Inspectors. General. of Police and District Superintendent of Police concerned may watch the progress of works and make correspondence with the concerned PWD authorities wherever found necessary for arranging to start and to complete the works to the extent for which grants area provided in any particular year.
The concerned Jurisdictional local Police Officer (S.I. or P.I. as the case may be) should contact the concerned PWD executive Office once in a month at least and Inspect the spot of construction and furnish the information regarding the progress of sanctioned work and expenditure if available in the enclosed perform in respect of each work to the District Superintendent of Police concerned, who in turn will compile the information in the above perform and forward through the Deputy Inspector General of police to reach this Office not later than the 5th of each month. The District Superintendent of Police on receipt of the above information from the police Inspectors should scrutinize and watch if the construction work is progressing well so that the allotted grant for the year will be utilized without allowing it to lapse. If the work of construction is found to be not progressing satisfactorily the DSP should address the concerned PWD Officer, promptly so as to enable them to take necessary steps to complete the said works in time.
The DSP, concerned should not only submit the monthly return on the due date but also take necessary steps to get the sanctioned works executed within the specified time. Any lapse on the part of concerned subordinate officers should be viewed seriously and necessary disciplinary above procedure will result in the non-execution of works promptly. Lapse of allotted grants and unnecessary burden over the budget allotment of subsequent years.
The concerned section in Chief Office will maintain a Register wherein the work will be noted serially and the progress recorded monthly. This register should be put up to IGP by the 15th of each month.
PROFORMA
|Sl. |Name of work |Estimated cost of work |No.& dated of sanctioning |
|No. | | |authority |
| |Reported true |Reported as |Convicted or |Reported true |Reported ture |Remarks. |
| |(total) cases |Noon-professional |P.T. |cases (total) |cases | |
| | |including 157 (b) | | | | |
|1 |(a) |Murder for gain |
| |(b) |Dacoity |
| |(c) |Robbery |
|II |(a) |House |
| | |Breaking & thefts by |
| | |Day including |
| | |Attempts |
|III | |House thefts |
|IV | |Ordinary theft |
|V | |Catil |
| | |Theft |
|VI | |Receiving |
| | |Stolen |
| | |Property |
|VII | |Cheating |
|VIII | |Counter |
| | |Feit coins |
| | |& currency |
| | |Notes |
……………………………………………….
Total
………………………………………………..
Note:- As intelligent note on variation of crimes with valid reasons for the increase or decrease and the areas specially affected to be put up mention should also be made of seasonal and economic condition, and the case affecting the state of crime for the month, such as continued labor unrest. Increased activities of bad characters etc.,
1.B. Number of cases registered Sue motto.
A brief note should be given on cases which were registered sue motto furnishing details of the station, crime Nos. Section of Law etc. Also state how many of the cases registered sue motto were detected ones.
II. Cases Reported.
Class 1: Murder for gain, Dacoit & Robbery.
Murder for gain
Give short details of each case.
Dacoit.
Classify into Highway, Field, House etc and give short details of each case.
Robbery.
Classify into Highway, Field, house etc., and give short details of each case.
Note: Details of each case with crime No. and the identity of the accused and such other useful information to be furnished under each heading.
III. Class II (Burglary) Houses breaking & theft.
Note:- Reasons for variation of crime with comparative figures should be furnished.
A brief note of the facts of each Heinous case and cases in which peculiar M.O, is adopted and other details such as Police Station. Data of Offence, Crime No. Section of Law, value of property, M.O. adopted etc., to be furnished.
Cases:-
1)
2)
3)
4)
IV. Statement of Class II offence as per minor classification relating to and police Station
Convicted or
Names of Stations A. B. E H, L, R, T, W, M. P.T.
1.
2..
3.
4.
Total
Note:- An intelligent note on the M.O. adopted in the majority of cases and a similar note on the peculiar M.O. if any (indicating the likelihood of the presence or absence of locals or non-locals) should be put up.
V. Class III-Hence Thefts
Comparative figures and note with reasons for fluctuation to be put up.
VI. Class IV-Ordinary Thefts
Classify into the different kinds as shown below:-
REPORTED CONVICTED OR P.T.
a) Cycle Thefts
b) Pocket picking
c) Cupper wire thefts
d) Chiltern Jewel thefts
e) Poisoning & Thefts
f) Clothes
g) Vessels
h) Grants
i) Unclassified etc.
Total
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
VII. Class V-Cattle Thefts.
REPORTED CONVICTED OR P.T.
Sheep or goat
Cow or Bull or Buffalo
Horses or dogs
Pigs or Donkeys.
Comparative figures and note with reasons for fluctuation to be put up.
VIII. Class VI-Receiving stolen property.
Note:- Whether receivers are pawn-brokers of others. Information should be furnished briefly in individually cases against receivers.
IX. Class VII-Cheating.
Note:- Brief facts of the cases noting the method employed to cheat, so that separate classifications may be made such as Bogus Managers, false personating, Bogus workman, Bogus Canvassing Agent etc.
X. Class VIII-Counter feiting coins & Currency Notes.
(with brief facts of the cases)
Note:- Description of the coins and currency notes seized. If Dens are raided, the locality should be mentioned along with other articles suspected to have been used for counterfeiting.
XI. Preventive Arrests.
a) Furnish the total number of arrests made under Sections 54,55,550 Cr. P. C. and classify them into locals, non-locals etc., in the following form;-
Statement of persons arrested on suspicion
| |Total No. |No. convicted |No. put up |No. in which|How the other cases |
| |arrested |for specific |under Security |action was |were dealt with |
| | |offences under |Sections |dropped | |
| | |I.P.C. | | | |
|1.No. of First offenders. | | | | | |
|2.No. of locals | | | | | |
|3. No. of non-locals | | | | | |
b) Mention any notable arrests.
XII. Mysore Police Act.
Furnish Figures in the form shown below:-
| |Section 69 M.P. Act. |
|1.No. of locals | …. |
|2. No. of non locals |…. |
|Total | |
| | |
XIII. A statement of Security Cases for the month of…….54
Give the total number of cases put up during the month distinguishing between those put up under 109 and 110 Cr. P. C. in the following form:-
|Name of Police Station |109 Cr. P. C. |110.Cr.P.C. |
|1…………………. | | |
|2…………………. | | |
|3………………… | | |
|4…………………. | | |
XIV. A. Statement of O.V. District Criminals.
|No. of |No. of D.Cs. who passed |Total |No. of D. Cs. traced|No. of |Remarks |
|D.Cs. O.V. at the |O.V. during the month | |during the month |D.Cs. that stood | |
|beginning of the | | | |O.V. at the end of | |
|month | | | |the month | |
| | | | | | |
Note:- District Criminals becoming O.V during the month with identity Nos. and date of becoming O.V. etc. should be mentioned.
1. ……………………
2. ……………………
3. …………………….
4. ……………………
B. Trace of O.V. D. Cs.
Trace of O.V. District Criminals during the month with identity Nos., Police Station, Crime No., Section under which arrested etc. if any, will have to be mentioned.
1. ………………….
2. …………………
3. …………………
XV. Criminals who operated during the month.
Classify under the following table
|Total No. of criminals |No. of D. Cs. |No. of H. Cs |No. B. Cs. Suspects of K. Ds. |
|concerned in the detected of | | | |
|charged cases | | | |
|1…………….. | | | |
|2………….. | | | |
|3………….. | | | |
|4…………. | | | |
XVI. stranger’s Day Campaign.
Details of arrests made such as No. of persons arrested. No. of persons interrogated, No. of B.C. Rolls sent should be furnished with identity particulars of criminals,
Note:- Unless suspicion is grave and severe, un-necessary arrests should not be made in the enthusiasm of increasing statistical
Figures
XVIII. Notes on unallocated crime.
The various heads of crime should be discussed separately. A regular study of all important un-located offences should be made and the possible connection between the different offences. And co-ordinate action, if any taken, the likelihood of particular local or extra District Agencies or any gang being responsible should be comprehensively surveyed. The instruction given should be really informative and should enable the investigating Office to follow up vigorously.
XIX Cases in which Offenders are definitely suspected
Note:- Cases in which suspected persons absconding are also to be
noted.
XX: Give a short note on interesting and peculiar type of cases if
any
XXI. Good work done by the District Intelligence Bureau and
Experts.
Note:- Instances where services of the Experts were utilized for examination of Spot and to develop foot and finger impressions on the scene of crime,, No. of advisory memos sent to I. Os indicating probable offenders in unallocated cases for verifying their complicity etc., should be mentioned.
XXII. Public Security.
Note:- Matter affecting Public security may be reported here.
XXIII: - General
A general note on the incidence of Crime during the month describing the special outbreak of any particular crime and the methods adopted to deal with the situation, important gangs rounded up with suggestions which may be useful to Police Officers may be incorporated
Note:- This review should be personally scrutinized by the Dist. Supdt. of Police after an intelligent study of crime and sent to the Central CID promptly before the 10th every month.
STATNDING ORDER No.77
No. S.C.304/54-55, dated September 1954.
Disposal of condemned kit articles other than those that cannot be auctioned
Chief Office Memo No. S.C. 31/47-48. dt:11-8-47.
In the Government Order No.J.3256-8 Police 80-10 dated 12-5-1905, approving the rules regarding the police Uniform, it is stated that all condemned kit articles should be disposed of by Public auction, but there is no mention as to how the articles like Punnas, Shamlas, etc., that can not be auctioned, should be disposed off. The Chief Office Memo dated 11-8-1947 however says that such articles should be destroyed after obtaining orders of the Chief office.
In order to make it move specific, the following instructions are: issued.
All condemned Uniform articles which are not fit to be auctioned may be destroyed after obtaining order of the D.I.G. concerned. If the original value of such articles does not exceed Rs.100/- as in the case of disposal of other condemned articles, according to G.O.No.H.A.1104-14/Pol 33-33-2 dated:19-5-53 In all such cases discretion may be used whether articles like. Buckles, buttons etc., cannot be treated as scrap after defacing them and then sold in auction or sent to Mysore Iron and steel works, Bhadravathi.
After disposing of the articles in the manner noted above, a certificate may be furnished to the sanctioning authority for his reference and a note made in the concerned ledgers.
STANDING ORDER No.78
DATED:24th September 1954
At the present movement, it is noticed that subordinate officer issue you statements to the press about Crime and other details. It is hereby ordered that and under rule 707 of the manual of General circulars and standing orders, press statements could be issued only by the principal information officer, department of information Government of Mysore. If any press wishes to get details about crime, they may get in touch with the Inspector General of Police or in his absence the Head Qrs. Asst. to the IGP and such details may be got without any effort.
STANDING ORDER No.81
DATED:23th September 1954
The wireless Station will hereafter be called CONTROL STATION” not merely for wireless control, but also for transmitting all calls for Police help. For this purpose, on emergence force consisting of 2 sections should always be kept at the Wireless Station, with two vehicles. The M.A.R.P. will provide the strength.
As soon as any call is received for police help, the officer in-charge should transmits it to the concerned Police Station and at the same time dispatch the Emergency Police party if necessary to the concerned Police Station. The emergency party will proceed to the spot without delay taking the local Police, If however the emergence is imminent and very grave, the party may proceed to the spot direct and take such action as is necessary.
“CONTROL STATION” is now called by 2034 (Steps are being taken to have more regular number). In the mean While the public must be appraised to RING UP 2034 in cases of emergence. For this purpose the propaganda Van should be used slides must be introduced in all cinema houses.
The two District Superintendent of Police, Bangalore North and Bangalore South are requested to have this implemented immediately. A similar arrangement should be made at Myosre by the District Superintendent of Police, Mysore.
STANDING ORDER No.84
DATED:24th September 1954
Immovable Property held or Acquired by Government Servants.
It has come to notice that some of the members of the Force have acquired immovable properties without obtaining the previous sanction of the competent authority as required under rules 190 M.P.M. Vol-1 and 287 of the Manual of General Circulars and Standing Orders (Part-1) and have failed to report even after their taking possession of the properties.
Under the authority quoted above, Government servants may acquire any immoveable property by succession, inheritance or bequest or by purchase or gift with the previous sanction of Government or the head of the Department and must make to Government through the usual channel, a declaration of such properties acquired by them.
The attention of all the officers is drawn to this office memo No.GC.60/50-51, dated 220-2-1950 from the Chief Secretary of Government.
Rule referred to above should be strictly observed and any violation will result in disciplinary action being taken against the concerned.
STANDING ORDER No.87
No.166/54, Dated:24th September 1954
Procedure to be Followed in Appeals
It is seen from the records received in this office, that the subordinate officers are not observing the rules of appeals as contemplated in Chapter XI of MPM Vol-1 The following instructions are issued regarding the procedure to be following in cases of appeals for guidance.
Under clause (2) Section 27 of the Police Act of 1908 an appeal shall lie to the Deputy Commissioner against orders of fine. Suspension reduction, or dismissal passed by the District Superintendent of police, In the cases of officers above the rank of constables. A further appeal shall lie to Government. The authority concerned will see weather the appellants have followed this procedure before approaching the higher appellate authority for redress.
The next point to be observed is, the time factor whether the appeal is in time or not. Under Rule 178 MPM Vol-1 appeals against dismissal reduction or suspension must be presented within two months from the date of receipt of the order and against other punishments within one month of such date. This has been subsequently modified. In G.O. No.H.3918/Pol 205-502, dated 25-7-1950 and the time limit for appeals is fixed at three months. Appeals put in after the expiry of the period will be liable to summary rejection.
The officers will bear in mind that the period intervening between the date. Of application for copy of minute and the receipt there of by the appellant should be excluded from the calculation of the limit for appeals.
Police officers are warned that unnecessary appealing against the decision of a superior officer will be considered as a mark of insubordination particularly when the punishment awarded is only a black mark or a petty fine under eight annals (Rule 179 MPM Volume-1)
Appeals must be accompanied by (1) the order of punishment (ii) a copy of the minute recorded by the officer inflicting the punishment (iii) a copy of the defaulter sheet and in cases of further appeals by copies of the former appellate orders also. In the case of men still in the force, they must be forwarded through proper official channel (rule 180) MPM Vol-1)
Appeals must be accompanied by (1) the order of punishment (ii) a copy of the minute recorded by the officer inflicting the punishment (iii) a copy of the defaulter sheet and in cases of further appeals by copies of the former appellate orders also In the case of men still in the force, they must be forwarded through proper official channel (Rule 180 (1) MPM Vol-1).
When an appeal does not lie or has been made liable to summary rejection a recommendation of the case shall not be made unless there is clear reason to suspect a miscarriage of justice (Rule 180 (2) M.P.M/. Vol-1).
The record of an order appealed against need not be forwarded in the first instance. The appellate authority may be justified in rejecting an appeal summarily on the perusal of the appeal petition, If further consideration appears necessary the record may be called for and it will be open to the subordinate authority to offer his remarks on the case (Rule 180 (4) MPM Vol-1).
While submitting the appeals, the District Superintendents of Police are directed to fill up the following proforma
|1 |Name and rank of the appellant. |
|2 |Date of punishment by DSP |
|3 |Date of offence |
|4 |Date on which the appellant applied for a copy of the order. |
|5 |Date of receipt of the order by the appellant. |
|6 |Date of appeal to the Dy. Commissioner, |
|7 |No. date and orders of the D.C/DIG |
|8 |Date of receipt of the order of D.C/DIG by the appellant. |
|9 |Whether the records required under Rule 180 MPM Vol-1 enclosed |
|10 |Whether previously appealed to the IGP |
|11 |Whether the appeal is within the prescribed time or not. |
|12 |Whether the appeal is admissible or not. |
STANDING ORDER No.89
Dated 7th September 1954
Refund of amounts credited under the Cinematograph Rules-Procedure.
The following procedure is prescribed in connection with refund of show Tax.
1. Every refund shall be noted against the original entry in the Department Accounts where all receipts are entered in detail. The voucher for refund (Form-41) provides for a certificate of such note to be made. The Government Servant who received the amounts should fill the columns 1 to 5 of the form and sign the certificate in column 10 while the Treasury Officer should verify the credit by means of the particulars in Columns 4 & 5 and affix his signature 6 in token of his having done so (Vide Act. 234 M.F.C. Vol-1)
2. The Inspector General of police is empowered to refund amounts within 3 years from the date the amount has been remitted to the Treasury vide G.O. No .C .S. 18629 CB 29-50-3 dated 28-3-51 delegating powers to Heads of Department
At the time parties area claiming refund they should be asked to produce original challans with them in support of payments. A record should be made in red ink on the original challan, the amount ordered to be refunded as also the reference to refund bill wherein orders have been passed for such refund. This is purely intended for detecting if any double claim is preferred.
A register as per the following headings will be opened immediately in Crime Branch of Chief Office to note the amounts of such refund bills passed as also the amounts originally credited under the Cinematograph rules, All refund bill passed should invariable be sent along with the refund registers.
Register of bills passed for refund of amounts
credited under the Cinematograph Rules.
|Sl.No. |Name & Address of applicant |Name of Talkies |Amount credited |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |
STANDING ORDER No.107
No.A1C.145/54, Dated 6th November 1954.
Advances to Police Inspr. For Equipment and Uniform
1. G.O. No. C.S. 18629-18728/C.B. 29-50-3 dated 28-9-1951.
1. The Inspector General of police is empowered to sanction advance to Police Inspectors for equipment uniform to the extent of Rs.250/-
2. The advance is admissible to non-gazetted officers holding substantive posts of Police Inspectors.
G.O. No.H.A. 6520/Pol, 96-52-4, dated 11-11-1952.
3. (a) The maximum number of advances admissible to an Officer in his service is fixed at five; (b) the interval between two successive advances is five years from the date of drawls of one advance to the date of application of the subsequent advance. (c) recovery of advance to commence from the pay of the Police Inspector Concerned from the month during which the advance is drawn (d) the personal security of the officer is sufficient for officer who draws the advance. (e) the bonds to be obtained in respect of the advance need not be subjected to the usual stamp duty and registration fee. They may be obtained on ordinary (i.e., not stamped) paper: (f) the advance is recoverable in 25 installments together with interest at 3% per annum and penal interest at 6% per annum in case of default.
4. During January each year, the District Superintendent of police and other heads of offices will call for applications from Police Inspectors holding substantive rank of Inspectors who wish to apply for the advance and consolidate them and forward them to Chief Office to reach on or before 1st April of the year. The applications for advances will be disposed off in chief Office as soon as the budget grants area received, The applications may be obtained manuscript containing the following
Particulars:-
a) Name of applicant and designation.
b) Substantive post and date of confirmation as Police Inspector
c) Amount of advance applied for.
d) Previous advance drawn, if any and details of recoveries.
e) A certificate that the applicant will utilize the entire advance for the purpose applied for.
5. The form of bond to be got executed by the Police Inspectors before the advance is drawn is as per annexure as approved in G. O. No.H.A.296-52-2 dated 9-8-52.
6. The advance sanctioned should be debited to the hear “R” Loans and advances by State Govt., advance to Police Officers for equipment and uniform.
7. The system of pre-audit of bills on this account has been abolished as per circular No.307/DH/1-8-5 dated 28-5-54 of the Accountant General Bangalore. On the sanction of the above advance, the Police Inspector concerned should execute the bond in the prescribed form and the District Superintendent of police under whom the officer is serving should keep the bond in safe custody in his office and send the payees receipt with the certificate of execution of the bond and send the same to Chief Office for counter signature and recording the budget allotment memorandum. The bill after counter signature will be returned to the District Superintendent of Police for encashment and disbursement to the concerned.
8. The Treasury and the date of encashment of the bill should be reported to Chief Office and the recovery of installments should be commenced from the month of the drawing the advance even though some time may elapse for the receipt of the intimation from the Accountant General.
9. It is the responsibility of the drawing officers concerned for prompt recovery of the installments and maintenance of proper accounts.
10. The District Superintendent of Police will scrutinize the particulars in the applications and a certificate that all the particulars in the applications are scrutinized and found correct should be recorded while sending the applications.
11. Bills in this behalf not encased before 6 months from the date of sanction require pre-audit.
FORM OF BOND FOR REFUND OF EQUIPMENT AND UNIFORM ADVANCES
Approved in G.No.H.A.3986/Pol 96-52-2 dated 9-5-52
This Bond dated the --------- days of--------one thousand nine hundred and-----by (hereinafter called borrower) in favor of the Rajpramukh his highness the Maharja of Mysore acting in the exercise of the executive power of the State of Mysore WITNESSETH that in consideration of the sum of Rupees------------paid by the Government of Mysore to the Borrower, the receipt whereof the borrower hereby agree and covenant (a) that he will pay in 25 monthly installments to the Government of Mysore the sum of Rupees------ aforesaid together with interest thereon at 3% per annum and penal interest at 6a% per annum in case of default, (B) that he shall pay a sum of Rupees---- towards the first installment of the principal amount and together with interest till then due on the whole or the balance of unpaid principal as the case may be on---- and he shall pay the remaining monthly installments or Rs.---- towards the first installment of the principal amount and together with interest till then due on the whole or the balance of unpaid principal as the case may be on----- and he shall pay the remaining monthly installments or RS.-----together with interest due till then on the whole or the balance of the unpaid principal as the case may be on the corresponding day of each succeeding month, (c) that if he (the Borrower) shall at any time make default in the payment of any of the said installments for the period of ten days after the time herein before provided for payment thereof or if he shall leave the service of the Government of Mysore or die or if he shall become insolvent or make any composition or arrangement with his creditors or if any one shall take any proceedings in execution of any decree or judgment against the borrower, the whole of the said principal sum and interest which shall for the time being remain unpaid at the penal rate aforesaid shall forthwith become payable and that the Government of Mysore shall in addition to the other remedies open to them, be entitled to recover the amount due under this agreement as an arrears of Land Revenue amounts due to him or to which he is entitled subject to the proviso of section 60 of the Code of Civil Procedure.
In witness whereof the Borrower has executed this Agreement in the presence of with nesses who have attested it,
Witnesses Signature of the Borrower
1)
2)
STANDING OREDER No.108
No. Punc.12/54, Dated: 5th November 1954.
The attention of District Supdt. of Police is drawn to Standing Order No.87 dated 29-9-1954, relating to the procedure to be followed in disposing Appeals and Punishment Rolls. In spite of instructions issued, I have had occasions when District Superintendent of Police have not followed the procedure in strict conformity with the rules issued in the Standing Order.
Awarding a punishment without recording a minute, is a common irregularity. An order under the headings proceedings cannot be called a minute. Such a procedure should not be adopted.
The minute as directed in rule 162 Mysore Police Manual Volume-1. should contain (a) charge in brief, (b) facts and evidence, (e) defense and defense evidence (d) findings and (e) order. This should be as brief as sis consistent with clearness and should be recorded in all expellable punishments.
STANDING ORDER No.109
Dated 8th November 1954.
I notice that in the half yearly confidential reports, some officers have recommended confirmations promotions etc. The reporting officer will please note that recommendations for promotions should legitimately find a place in the promotion list contemplated in Standing Order No57 but not in the half yearly confidential reports. For confirmations special report should be sent separately.
These reports should contain the opinion and impressions of the Reporting Officers in a narrative form on (i) general character and conduct (ii) work during the period with reference to prevention and handling of crime, and general state of his charge (iii) general efficiency, habits and executive capacity (iv) his relationship with his subordinates and the public and (v) fitness (and not recommendation ) of r promotions.
Special observations, if any, made in the report in commendation or condemnation should be supported by definite and specific facts or instances which should be stated in the report, vague remarks should be avoided .
The reporting officers will please follow the above instructions strictly.
STANDING ORDER No.110
Dated 11th November 1954.
Records to be maintained in D I Gs Office regarding Heinous cases.
During the Gazetted Police Officers meeting on 18-7-54 it was brought to my notice that the D I Gs are getting spare copies of the progress reports, But the protracted and faulty investigation of cases and their long pendency in Courts noticed from the progress reports that the Deputy Inspectors General of Police are not properly maintaining the records and following up with suitable instructions to the D. S. Ps, and ASPs. There is also no order at present prescribing the records to the maintained in the D I G’s offices regarding the heinous cases. Hence it is hereby ordered that the following records should be maintained in the D I Gs offices. Instructions issued by the Deputy Inspector General of Police on the F.I.R. and the progress reports should be copied of Chief Office. The Deputy Inspector General of Police are requested to devote adequate attention to this work
List of records
1. Check Register of heinous cases.
2. Progress reports file for each case from F.I.R. to final Disposal.
STANDING ORDER No.111
Dated 12th November 1954.
Amendment to Standing Order No.56
The money limit prescribed in Standing Order No.56-Para I regarding purchase of spare parts, repairs of Police vehicles to the District Superintendent of Police and Deputy Inspector General of Police will not apply to Bellary District till such time as Mysore rules are made applicable to that area.
The following are the powers delegated by the Madras Government in their order No. G. O. Ms 1321 dated 25-3-50 and Ms 3043 dated 2-8-1949 respectively that could be exercised by:-
1) District Superintendent of Police Rs,150/-
2) D. I.G. of Police Rs.1000/-
Refusal of Investigation of cases
It is noticed that investigation in cases of House breaking and theft is being refused indiscriminately. Hence the attention of all the officers is drawn to Rule No.205 of Police Manual, Vol-1 which lays down clear instructions in the matter of refusing investigation. No. doubt in clause (b) of the said rule it is said that the instructions issued in this rule indicate only the general principles and Police officers hall exercise their discretion in every cognizable case that is reported to them. This discretion give to them should not be abused. The burglary cases are generally the work of professional criminals. Hence the Investigation in these cases should not be ordinarily refused.
STANDING ORDER No.113
Dated 115th November 1954.
In Government Order No.C.S.18629-18728 C.B.29-50-3 dated 28-3-1951, the Inspector General of Police is empowered to auction unserviceable and condemned articles of the Department without reference to Government.
This order was hitherto being applied only to kit articles. But the order is quite clear that the Inspector General of Police can auction unserviceable and condemned articles of the Department. This must be interpreted in a broader sense.
It is therefore ordered that in further the Govt. order referred to above should be deemed to apply to all sections of the Department whether they are clothing materials, Fire service articles or Radio equipments which should be treated on a par with Police Stores.
The concerned technical officers will therefore inspect the articles said to be unserviceable and certify to their condition and report the same to the Inspector General of Police through their Unit officers for orders.
STANDING ORDER No.115
Dated 18th November 1954.
Submission of Progress Reports in heinous cases direct to Chief Office
Rule No.78 of the Police Manual Volume-1 requires the progress reports to be sent in all heinous cases weekly, and they are at present submitted as enclosures to the weekly diary part I with the result the progress reports are received by me after great delay. To avoid this, it is hereby ordered that the progress reports should be prepared in triplicate, One copy as usual must accompany the weekly diary, Another copy should be dispatched to the Assistant Superintendent of police of Crime section in the Chief Office. The third copy should be submitted to their respective Deputy Inspector General of Police directly.
The Assistant Superintendents of Police who are required to send these progress reports. Should send them direct to the Assistant Superintend of Police of Crime Section in Chief Office and to their Deputy Inspectors General of Police, as their District Supdt of Police will be getting one copy of the same with their weekly diary.
STANDING ORDER No.116
No. 198/8954, Dated 8th November 1954.
Night Patrols and Beats.
The system of night patrols and beats in the State is apparently not working satisfactorily. This work is inclined to be treated in casual and routine manner and left entirely to personnel of the lower superior officers. In order to make the system more through and effective, the following instructions are issued. The instructions are general and not exhaustive. The District Superintendent of Police should supplement according to the circumstances of each place.
1. The attention of all the officers is invited to chapter XXXIII of the Police Manual, Vol-1 which lays down clear instructions regarding Beats and patrols. These rules should be strictly enforced. The D. S. Ps, and A. S. Ps should check by surprise as frequently as possible the beats and patrols and see that the rules laid down in the Police Manual are carried out in its true spirit Defaults noticed by them during their surprise checks should bee dealt with seriously.
2. For successful performances of beats and patrols, the Police Officers should have good knowledge of crime and criminals of their station. For this purpose, every member of the subordinate staff should maintain a note book other than the one maintained as per rule 123 of M.P.M. Vol-1 This may be called a “ INFORMATION NOTE BOOK “In this note book the following information should be noted by them for their ready reference:-
a) List of K.Ds and suspects;
b) Descriptive list of persons wanted in crime.
c) List of O Vs.
d) Descriptive list of stolen property.
Every day when men are sent out on beats and patrols, the S.H.O. should furnish to them the above mentioned information and make them to note the same in their information given to staff must be duty, they should be catechized on these matters and reported in the S.H. Diary.
Inspecting officers during their visits should test the Constables as to their knowledge on these matters. The efficiency of the S.H.O. should be assessed on the knowledge of the Daffedaras and Police Constables on these matters. The S.H.O. should be dealt with if the Police Constables do not possess at least minimum knowledge on these matters.
3. Beats and patrols should not be deputed in a mechanical way. It is not the quantity of performance of beats and patrols that is expected but the quality of performance. Beat and patrol duty staff should therefore be instructed to thoroughly search all huts and desolate houses on their way i.e., halting places, temples, mosques, Musafirknas, Hotels etc, During dark nights two or three members of the night patrol staff in Towns should hide themselves in various roads and footpaths leading the Town and watch for the visit of criminals particularly on dark nights. After cinema shows are over, the night patrol staff should unobtrusively follow suspicious strangers to their destinations. They should also have an eye on the locked houses. Patrol should also be arranged in conservancy lanes. Men on village beats should contact the Village headman and ascertain from him about the visit of suspicious strangers etc. He must be made to spend some time in each village instead of hasty visits to obtain the signature of somebody to the beat book. If these instructions are carried out with interest, it will render the commission of crime difficult, if not impossible
4. To ensure that beats and night patrols area being performed with due interest, the S. H. Os. should note in the duty roster in red ink against the Police Constables and Daffedar on beat or patrol duty, the crime reported in the area in which they were on beat or patrol duty. A monthly review of this should be put up in the duty roster submitting copy to the District Superintendent of police. The Sub Inspector should warn the concerned police constable or Daffedar during whose performance of duty many crimes are reported. The A. S. Ps. D. S. Ps. and Deputy Inspector General of Police during their duties or conniving with some criminals and they should be dealt with. The review of this should be reported by the District Superintendent of Police and Deputy. Inspector. General of police in their inspector notes with the action taken by them against such Police Constables and Daffedars. On the other side the Dalfedars and Police Constables who have prevented crime by catching criminals during their beats and patrols should be amply rewarded. This will give good impetus to turn out good work.
STANDING ORDER No.117
Dated 22nd November 1954,
Duties of the Mounted Police in Bangalore
The following are the duties of the Mounted Police which are stationed at Bangalore in accordance with Government letter No. HB.5287-8/Mily. Dated 18th October 1954.
1. Regulating traffic during peek hours at specified places, places to be specified by the District Superintendent of Police concerned in Bangalore City.
2. Controlling crowds at Football matches public meeting processions etc.,
3. Taking part an ceremonial occasions when ordered i.e., during the visit of Distinguished personages, escorting and piloting etc.,
4. Night patrol in the City when order.
5. The Mounted police personnel with the horses will have regular morning parades daily.
6. Police officers who area interested in riding will be given training in horsemanship and they are also permitted to attend the parade in the mornings.
The responsibility for indenting upon the services of the Mounted Police for any special occasion will vest with the District Superintendent of Police concerned.
All requisitions for the services of the Mounted Police should be made direct to the District Superintendent of police M.A.R.P. Bangalore.
STANDING ORDER No.119
Dated 22th November 1954
Maintenance and replacement of Govt. Cycles.
Attention is drawn to paragraph 21 of the annexure, Mysore Financial Code, prescribing the procedure for maintaining suitable accounts and inventories of the Govt. Stores which include bicycles.
2, A note book for each cycle should be opened in the following form:-
1. Stock Register No.
2. Name of Cycle orderly
3. Date of Purchase of the cycle
4. Make
5. Cost.
6. Repairs effected
(a) Date
(b) Nature of repairs
(c) Cost of repairs.
3. This book should be in the custody of the cycle orderly concerned and be available for inspection whenever required.
4. The signature of the cycle orderly should be taken in the stock register at the time of entrusting the cycle to him. Whenever there is a change in the cycle order, the note book should be handed over to the successor.
5. The head of the office should inspect the cycles once a week and note the condition in the note book.
6. Repairs to cycles should be ordered on perusal of the note book. In this connection attention is drawn to G.O. No.FI.3005-80/G.F. 72-52-2 dated 20-46=1952 fixing an annual limit of Rs.20/- a year per cycle for expenditure on repairs. This limit should never be exceeded.
7. Under Rule 21 (f) of the annexure referred to above, condemnation of unserviceable cycles has to be ordered by the authority competent to authorize replacement by purchase. As the Inspector General of police is the authority empowered to order purchase of new cycles, the District Supdt. of Police should send to him their recommendation for condemnation of cycle of their office. Furnishing the following particulars:-
a) Date of purchase
b) Make
c) Amounts spent on repairs with dates.
d) Opinion of the District Superintendent of Police on personal inspection of the cycle.
8. Purchase of new cycle should be ordered by the Inspector General of Police only. So indents for purchases of new cycles should be sent to him before the end of March.
STANDING ORDER No.121
Dated 29th November 1954
Procedure for sending articles for Medico-legal examinations.
The attention of all the Police officers is drawn to Government order No.G10801-12/P H.41-33 dated 4/8th June 1935 prescribing the rules of procedure for sending articles for Medico-legal examinations, published in Mysore Police Gazette dated 20-11-1954 for strict guidance.
STANDING ORDER No.122
Dated 29 November 1954
Administration Report.
In letter No. 18-1-54 Police dated 26-7-1954 of Government of India. Ministry of Home Affairs, State Governments are requested to compile the Administration report and the Crime Statistics in the form prescribed by them. To have uniformity all over India and that this should reach the Intelligence Bureau, Ministry of Home Affairs Government of India New Dehli-2m before the 31st March every year, India Govt. in turn is required to supply to the Unison statistics of crime explaining the causes of increase or decrease and mentioning the preventive measures which are being under taken. As per Govt. order. No.Ch. S. 6838-908/Misc 65-54-1 dated 31-7-1954 a report on the achievements and activities in the Department for circulation amongst the members of the Legislature is required to be furnished to Government 20 days before Budget Suasion which usually takes place in March every year. Hence it is hereby ordered as follows:-
1. The Administration report should be prepared in the prescribed forms which are appended hereto. All Officers will note that the body of the report which was hitherto being written in three parts will have to be written in seven parts. In statements “A” part-1 and II and “B” parts 1 and II there is sight change in classifying offences in column 2. statement CC. F. FF. and G and graphs are newly introduced.
2. The Dist. Supdt. of Police should take personal interest and see that the Administration report is prepared very accurately and in an interesting way. Their efficiency will be gauged by the standard of their Administration reports.
3. The Administration report should reach the Chief Office before 20th January, every year Delay will be noticed very severely.
4. The Dist. Superintend of Police Bellary should compile the Administration report for his Dist. As per this order. Since only 7 Taluks of Bellary District merged into Mysore State, the total crime statistics for these seven taluks may not be available for the previous years. This can be easily complied by calling for statistics from the Taluks now. Thus his report should be complete furnishing figures for the previous years also.
5. The Magistrates are usually slow to furnish “B” statement Form the beginning of the year, pressure should be brought upon them to furnish the statement in time. The Administration report of the Dist. Should not be delayed on account of this. If this statement is not received in time, the Administration report should be sent without it, immediately after it is ready before the 20th January.
STANDING ORDER No.123
Dated 2nd December 1954
Matters for publication in the Mysore Police Gazette.
It is noticed that orders relating to appointments, promotions, transfers, leave and rewards passed by the District Superintendent of Police are being sent to the Deputy Inspector General of Police S.B. and C.I.D for being published in the Mysore Police Gazette.
Since the above matters are of importance to a Dist. And not of State importance they may be got published in the concerned Dist. C and D sheets and need not be sent to the Deputy Inspector General of police S.B. and C.I.D. in future for publication.
District Superintendents of MARP Head Quarters, Bangalore Mounted and Dismounted companies and the District Superintendent of Police in charge of police Training School will have ordinarily little chance of awarding rewards to their personnel. The leave granted to their staff and transfers ordered by them and any similar details may be got published. If found necessary, through a sheet by the concerned Deputy Inspector General of Police once a month.
Matters that are to be published in the Mysore Police Gazette are given in the enclosed form.
Mysore Police Gazette
Contents
Part 1. A. All Government orders relating to Department
Matters.
B. Departmental instructions and Standing Order.
Part II A. Orders of Government relating to appointments,
promotion, transfer, leave rewards etc.,
B. Orders of the Inspector General of Police relating to leave of Gazetted Officers and appointments, promotion, transfers. Leave and reward etc., to Non-gazetted Officers of the police Department.
C. Orders of the Deputy Inspector General of Police relating to appointments Promotions. Transfers. Leave and Reward etc.,
D. Results of Police Training School Examinations.
Part: III Extract from Judgment etc., of Police Interest.
STANDING ORDER No.124
No.C2-236/54, Dated 3rd December 1954
Finger Print record of persons convicted for offences set forth in the schedule of the Habitual offenders Act-Rule 420 (VII)of the Police Manual Vol-1.
In Section 2 of the Mysore Restriction of the Habitual
Offenders Act 1952 an habitual offender is defined in terms is defined in terms of his convictions for the offences serforth in the schedule of this Act. To spot out such persons it is very necessary to have on permanent record the finger Print of all persons who are convicted for the offences setforth in the schedule of this Act. Hence it is hereby ordered that whenever persons are arrested for the offences. Serforth in the schedule of the habitual offenders Act, their finger prints should be sent for permanent record in the finger prints should be sent for search After conviction it should be sent for permanent record in the Finger Print Bureau under Rule 420 (vii) of the Police Manual Vollume-1.
STANDING ORDER No.125
Dated 2nd December 1954
Circular No.C.A. 15/52-53 dated 21-5-52 and 28-6-52 regarding Cash balance sheet.
1. Circular No .C .A. 15/52-53, dated 21-5-1952 and 286-1952 are cancelled.
2. The Cash Balance sheet as on the last working day of a month should be submitted only in the form appended. The left hand side of the form is intended for showing the receipts. The items that will come under this side will comprise of.
(i) Office impress
(ii) Undisguised items such as pay, T.A. Miscellaneous and
special advances and these items will have to be noted in the order in which the original bills were enchased and care also being taken to note the date of encashment.
3. The right side of the form is intended to note the expenditure comprising of-
(i) Sub imp rest with subordinate officers
(ii) Advance due from officials for whom the advances have
been made.
(iii) Amounts paid from Imp rest to be recouped on bills and
(iv) Cash on hand.
These items should also be entered in chronological order and dates of payments should be noted against the individual items.
4. The grand total on both the sides should be identical.
5. The following certificate may be furnished by the District Superintendent of Police concerned in the cash balance sheet-
“Certified that I have counted on ------and found the cash balance noted above as correct. The cheques and vouchers have all been receipted and that vouchers for sub-imprest granted have been obtained and kept in the cash chest.
Certified that I have gone through the items in the cash book carefully and found the Balance sheet correct”
6. The receipt of this Standing order may be acknowledged.
Cash Balance sheet for the month of………..
| (Left half of the Register) |
|RECEIPTS |
|Sl. No. |Date of encashment of bill |Particulars of Receipts |Amount |
| | | |Rs. |As. |P |
|1. ……. Permanent advance …….. |
|2. ……. Undisbursed items ……. |
|Note- Here describe item by item chronologically. Don’t club items together. |
|Grand total |
(Right half of the Register)
PAYAMENTS
| (Left half of the Register) |
|RECEIPTS |
|Sl. No. |Date of payment |Details for disbursement |Amount |
| | | |Rs. |As. |P |
|1. ……. Sub Imprest with …….. |
|2. ……. Advances due from and also amounts |
|paid to be recouped on bills ……. |
|Note- Here describe item by item chronologically. Don’t club items together. |
|3 ………. Cash on hand ………. |
| |
|Grand total |
STANDING ORDER No.129
No.SC.331/54-55, dated 13th December 1954.
Stores in Districts.
1. General:- The Stores in the District Police Offices are in charge of a First Division Clerk or a Senior Second Division Clerk under the Direct control of the Manager of the District Police office. He will be responsible for the proper care of all articles and for seeing that all issues and receipts are brought to account regularly and promptly in the books of the office.
2. Indents:- All Indents, for clothing and articles of annual supply should be submitted to the Chief Office in Form ‘A’ before the end of February, each year.
3. Taluk Inspector should submit to the District Police office Indents for clothing and other articles of annual supply in the prescribed form, before the end of January of each year (Chief Office No. SC-34/37 dated 11-2-1938) This form consists of four foils, each folly serving a district distinct the counterfoil as the Indent, the trefoil as invoice received in the Taluk Office. The counterfoil shall be retained in the D.P.O. the quatrefoil and this will easily show the articles indented and those supplied and acknowledged, The P. I’s Office will similarly paste the trefoil with the office copy (First foil ) and will provide a record of reference of articles indented and received. The form may be used both for annual and occasional indents and the articles that may be indented for are (i) Clothing (ii) Arms, ammunition and accouterments, (iii)Forms and Stationer, (iv) Books of reference (v) Articles of furniture. For each class of Stores there should be a separate indent.
4. The District Superintendent of Police should send separate indents in Form ‘B’ for articles which are not of annual supply like Hand cuffs. Locks etc., and in Form ‘C’ for articles to be supplied on payment, along with Treasury receipts or Chelan’s for money credited.
1. To obviate the necessity for petty indents on the Chief Office, whenever it becomes necessary to supply articles of clothing and accoutrements to members of the Force to replace those destroyed or lost, either by accident or negligence, a small supply of all articles as per scale given below will be kept as reserve in the District Stores (SC.32/36-37 dated 5-8-1937 and 16-9-1937)
|1 |Boots |3 Percent |
|2 |Woollen overcoats |2 – do - |
|3 |Khaki suits |5 – do - |
|4 |Putties |3 – do - |
|5 |Punnahs |3 – do - |
|6 |Shamlas |3 – do - |
|7 |KUllas |3 – do - |
|8 |Turbans |3 – do - |
|9 |Belts |2 –do- |
|10 |Buttons |2 – do- |
|11 |Frogs |2 – do - |
|12 |Haversacks |3 – do - |
|13 |Serge coats (not a regular supply) |8 – do - |
|14 |Chevrons |3 – do - |
|15 |Shirts |5 – do - |
|16 |Kit Bags |2 – do - |
|17 |Lathies |2 – do - |
|18 |Pouches ammunition |2 – do - |
|19 |Whistle with chain |2 – do - |
|20 |Other articles |2 – do - |
6. The full cost of articles damaged or carelessly lost will be recovered from the individual concerned, only when the period for which they were issued has not expired.
When such period has elapsed, but the articles have to be produced at the time of inspection one forth of the cost will be recovered, In the case of articles issued at long intervals this rule may be relaxed at the discretion of the D.S.P.
7. In forwarding Indents for clothing boots and sandals, Dist. Supdt of police should state on the indents, the quantity requited in each of the sizes given below. For this purpose size Rolls should be maintained for each individual.
| | |I Clothing |II Sandals |
|1 |Extra Size |5’ 8” in Ht. |For a foot above 11 ½’’ |
|2 |First Size |5’ 6” to |For a foot 11” to 11 ½’’ |
| | |5’ 8” in Ht. | |
|3 |Second Size |5’ 6” in Ht |For a foot 10 ½” to 11” |
|4 |Third Size | …. |For a foot 10 ½” and less |
III Ammunition Boots
| Length | Size and |Joing |In step |Heel |Ankel |Height of leg |
| |fitting | | | | | |
|Foot |Boot | | | | | | |
|Size |In |Size |In | | | |
|,, |6/4 |6/5 |6/6 |,, |10 |,, |
|,, |7/4 |7/5 |7/6 |,, |10 |,, |
| | | | | |1/3 | |
|,, |8/4 |8/5 |8/6 |,, |10 |,, |
| | | | | |2/3 | |
|,, |9/4 |9/5 |9/6 |,, |11 |,, |
|,, |10/4 |10/5 |10/6 |,, |11 |,, |
| | | | | |1/3 | |
|,, |11/4 |11/5 |11/6 |,, |11 |,, |
| | | | | |2/3 | |
|,, |12/4 |12/5 |12/6 |,, |12 |,, |
In the standard sizes the denominator indicates the fitting based on the circumference of the foot at the joint and instep.
Note:- Measurements and a sketch of the foot should be given for extra size boots and sandals.
8. Issue of clothing to Recruits:- Recruits should be issued one set of complete kit on enlistment The clothing should consist of two suits viz., one part-worn and one new suit.
9. Receipt of Stores from Chief Office:- The Store Clerk or a responsible official should be sent to Chief Office with the requisite number of orderlies to receive and escort store articles (SC.214/47-48 dated 22-12-1948)
10. Whenever there is sufficient load the Police van should be used for transportation of kit (G.O.No.HA.1574/Pol dated 1-7-1954)
11. On receipt of clothing etc., from chief office stores under an invoice every articles should be inspected by the D.S.P. or in his absence by the Manager of the DPO and any deficiency or damage or whether they bear the appearance of having been tampered with in transit should be at once reported making a note of the same in the trefoil of the invoice which should be returned to the Chief Office containing the list of articles relived and acknowledged. Under the signatures of the Manager and the Dist. Supdt of Police, The articles should be brought on the Store Ledger the every day they are received at the DPO.
12. Before issue of clothing to Taluks, they should be duly numbered. Coats, Jubbas and Shirts should be marked on the inside between the second and third button holes, shorts pants and breeches at the top of the waist- band.
13. The complete kit of a Jamedar, Daffedar or Constable should be withdrawn on his transfer to another District.
14. Recoveries made on account of arms, accoutrements and clothing should be entered in a separate register, and an extract thereof submitted to the Chief Office at the end of each month.
14(a) A Kit of men and officers should be kept in the Police Station in boxes of uniform size The men should on no account take with them any of the articles of uniform when they are off duty or on leave.
16. Kit inspection will be held by the Station House Officer or in his absence by the Jamedar or Daffedar every week on Mondays and the results of inspection reported in the S.H. Diary Jamedars and Daffedars will show their kit only at inspections held by Inspectors and Superior Officers. The constable at least once a quarter in the first month of the quarter. Any man not present on the day fixed shall show his kit the following day (P.M.125 to 127)
17. District Supdts should inspect the kits of all their men at least once a year.
18. Every constable is required to produce the following articles in fair and serviceable condition at kit inspection (Vide list and Diagram found in the Catechism Book)
3. Khaki suits (3 Jubbaas/Coats/Shirts and 3 Shorts/Breeches/Pants).
1. Overcost
2. Turbans with 2 kullas and 2 punnahs
2, pairs ammunition boots or sandals (one old and one new)
2. Pairs putties
1. Leather belt with frog and pouch
1 Lathi.
1. Metal No.
1 Set Buttons
1 Whistle with chain
1 pair shoulder Badges )
1 Kit Bag )
2 Pairs Woolen Socks ) For M.A.R.P.
2 Paris Ankle Putties )
2 Khaki Slouth hats )
2 pairs Hose Tops )
The above articles include the dress worn.
19. After inspection all Part-worn clothing articles will be collected at the Dist. Office Stores and brought on the Part-worn Kit Ledger, Such of the articles as are serviceable shall be re-dated and re-issued.
20. Unserviceable articles shall be entered in the Register of Condemned articles kept in the Stores and shall be condemned by the DSP if they have lasted for the prescribed period. They because they are time expired.
21. Replacement of articles:- Articles condemned carelessly lost or damaged and ordered to be supplied on payment should be replaced with the least possible delay from the surplus stock available in the DPO
22. A District Order will issue when any recovery is ordered. All recoveries should be made within a reasonable time not exceeding three months.
23. Disposal of condemned articles:- Worn out buttons, numerals, whistles, chains brass on belts etc., should be returned to the Chief Office and not sold in District. These V of metal will be sent to the Mysore Iron & Steel Works, Bhadravathi from the Chief Office.
24. Shamlas, Punnahs and such other distinguishing articles should be torn and used for cleaning office furniture. Motor vehicles etc.
25. The remaining condemned articles should be auctioned at the respective D P Os after obtaining orders of the DIG or IGP as governed in GO No.CS/1829-18728/CB 29-50-3 dated 28-3-51 and HA 1104-24/Pol, 33-53-2 dated 19-5-53 and S Os Nos 72 and 77 dated 23 and 25-9-1954 and amount realized credited to the Treasury.
26. Clothing of men dead or invalided on account of cholera, plague small-pox, tuberculosis leprosy and such other infections diseases should be burnt and a report sent to Chief Office.
27. Causality Register:- The kit of all who receive free kit must be returned to the Stores upon their becoming causalities by death or quitting the force or upon their being granted leave preparatory to retirement. Such articles of clothing should be brought on the causality Register maintained in the District Police Stores in the form appended hereto.
28. A copy of every District Order striking a man off as a causality or granting a man leave preparatory to retirement should be communicated to the Stores Branch of the DPO.
29. Clothing of men on long leave:- Men on leave for six months or more are not entitled to clothing for the period. If a man is on leave for six months or more but not more than twelve months in the year in which two suits are issued he will get only one suit.
30, Maintenance of Consolidated Kit Ledger:- A Consolidated Kit Ledger will be maintained in the Dist., Police Office as prescribed in G.O. No. HA.3358-60/Pol 69-52-2 dated 18-7-52 Chief Office Circular No.SC.51/52-53 dated 7-6-52 will show the history regarding the issue and recovery of kit to each individual from time to time and the balance on hand at any one time. This will enable the checking or inspecting office to fix the responsibility on the individual and also order recovery of proportionate cost if any.
31. An Acquaintance Roll for kit issued should be maintained in the Dist. Stores which will bear the signature of the individual receiving the kit and of the Taluk Inspector/SHO from whom it was issued.
32. Quarterly Return of Store articles:- District Superintendent of Police will submit during the first week of the succeeding month, a quarterly return of Store Articles in the form appended hereto in respect of both New and part –worn kit articles (Vide Chief Office Circular No.SC.157/52-53 dated 1-10-1952)
33. Inspection of District Stores:- A Committee of two Inspectors will sit every half year to examine the articles in stock and also to check them with the Registers. The committee should submit a certificate (in the form enclosed) to the District Supdt of Police who will forward the same to the Chief Office. (Chief Office circular No.SC.249/46-47 dated 18-11-1947)
REGISTER OF CLOTHING OF CASUALITIES
_______________________________________________________
|Taluk |Rank & No. |Name |Date of |No. & Date of DSP’s |No. & date |Date of |Deficiencie|Disposal of |
| | | |casualty |order in which the |of the order|receipt of |s if any, |the Kit with |
| | | | |casualty or grant of|to the P.I. |the clothing|with cost |No. and date |
| | | | |leave preparatory to|calling for |in the |and action |of the D.S.P.|
| | | | |retirement is |the clothing|D.P.O. |taken in | |
| | | | |ordered | | |this | |
| | | | | | | |behalf. | |
______________________________________________________
QUARTERLY RETURN ON STORE ARTICLES
District
Return of Store articles for the quarter ending
|Sl No |Particulars |Names of Articles |
|1 |Stock on hand at the | |
| |Beginning of the quarter | |
|1 |Receipt of Store Articles during the quarter | |
| |Form Chief Office | |
| |For other sources | |
| | | |
| | | |
|3 |Total | |
|4 |Issues during the quarter | |
| |to the Police Staff | |
| |to other District | |
|5 |Closing balance at the end of the quarter | |
“ Certified that the figures furnished in the statement are correct”
District Super indented of Police
District
Note :- A similar statement to the appended in respect of part-worn
articles also.
STOCK VERIFICATION OF STORES
Stock verification of New/Part-Worn articles half –year ending.
_______________________________________________________
|Name of |Balance as |Present stock |Difference if any, with |Quantity received from Chief|Explanatic why the |
|article |per last |As per Ledger Actual|reasons surplus or |Office during the held year |articles are kept in |
| |Inspection | |Deficiency |with dates |stock with out |
| | | | | |distribution |
_______________________________________________________
Certificate
We hereby certify that we have examined the Accounts of all class of Stores in District Police Office for the half year ending.
And find them to have been correctly kept (with the under-mentioned exceptions). All issues are supported by duly authorized indents. Receipts, properly brought to ledgers ad per invoices and the remaining articles shown as balance in the Receipt and issue Registers correspond with the stock found by us in the Stores (with the following exceptions)
1. Inspector of Police
2. Inspector of Police
1. HERESY CERTIFY.
(1) that each and every item of article received during the half year from the Chief Office from other office finds a place in the Stock book.
(2)that no officer or other Government servant has been supplied during the half year with any articles in excess of the scale sanctioned for him in respect of periodical V and in respect of all articles, he has not been supplied in excess of actual requirements.
(3) that every issue has bee acknowledged by the recipient in the stock book or through the counterfoil, of the invoice sent out and has been made only on demand.
(4) that acknowledgement has been duly obtained for each and every article issued to other offices.
(5) that all balances shown in the old stock books have been correctly brought forward in the new stock book,
(6) that no article liable to deterioration or due on indents from Taluks have been kept in stock for long periods and
(7) that I have obtained for my office record similar certificates from my subordinate officers also.
Dist. Superintendent of Police
STANDING ORDER No130
No. A4.C.142/54-55, dated 13th December 1954.
Rules for repairs, renewals and purchase of spare parts for the fire Service appliance and equipment.
1. On noticing defect in the working of the fire service appliance or equipment, the Officer in change of the Fire Station should immediately get the defect examined by the fitter, or Engine Sub Officer or mechanic of the fire station concerned and where the defect notice is slight and could be rectified without any need for replacement of parts, should be got attended to immediately and a report of the defects noticed, action taken and expenditure Involved sent to the appropriate authority concerned.
The financial powers of sanction for incurring expenditure on this account is:-
District Superintendent of Police Rs.25/-
Deputy Inspector General of Police Rs. 100/-
Inspector General of Police Rs. 300/-
2. (a) In case where the appliance requires re-placement of parts caused owing to long wear or other justifiable causes, the Chief Fire Officer (i.e. the officer in charge of the Station) should in his report detail the nature and particulars of the parts required taking the assistance of his expert staff.
(b) In case the Chief Fire officer requires the opinion of the Motor Vehicle Inspector it is open for him to get it.
3. In cases where repairs and replacements are required quotations for the articles should be obtained from firms recognized by Stores purchase Committee along with the detailed report of all the facts sent to the appropriate authority for immediate sanction and the work should be got executed after sanction as early as possible. Where the replacements involved an expenditure of over Rs.300/- a report furnishing the following details should be sent to the Inspector General of Police through proper channel.
I. Registered number of the appliance
II. Date of purchase of the appliance and cost
III. Expenditure on repairs and replacement to date
IV. The details of repairs and replacement required with cost.
Under no circumstance should the engine of the Vehicle be opened for getting opinion.
4. The vehicle or pump should be got serviced at the Fir Station itself periodically whenever it is found necessary.
5. The proper care and maintenance of the vehicle is the responsibility of the Office in change and cases of expenditure on account of negligence or lack of proper case should be brought to notice for orders.
6. When repairs or replacements have to be carried out urgently and time involved for obtaining the sanction to the estimate before putting the work on hand, will seriously interfere the working of the station and result in danger to the public the work may be put on hand by the Office in charge and spare parts purchased locally and necessary report sent at once justifying necessity for urgent execution of the work for sanction.
7. All major repairs to the fire service appliances stationed at Bangalore shall be carried out at the Fire Service work-shop, Bangalore South and repairs such as re-boring welding brazing forging and spray, painting etc., which cannot at present be carried out at the fire service workshop may be entrusted to local firms, complying with stores purchase committee rules. In cases of out stations where the work mechanic is not able to carry out the repairs, the work may be entrusted to local firms and Store purchase committee Rules adhered.
8. The services of the Deputy Chief Fire Officers, Bangalore South or the Engineer Sub Officer, may be indented upon under orders to the Inspector General of Police in cases where the technical opinion and help are required for repairs to fire appliances at out stations.
Note:- The financial powers above referred to will not affect the existing powers under Madras rules exercised by the Deputy Inspector General of Police and District Superintendent of Police Bellary who will continue till such time Mysore Rule are made applicable to Bellary.
STANDING ORDER No.131
No.A4.C. 105/54 Dated: 16th December 1954
Procedure for Condemnation of Motor Vehicles of the Department.
Ref:- Standing order No.97, dated 20-10-54
Government have directed in their letter No. HA 373/Pol dated 19-10-1954 that a joint inspection by the Inspector General 0f Police with the General Manager, Mysore Government Road Transport Department, Bangalore may be conducted in respect of vehicles located in Bangalore for sending proposal for condemnation of vehicles.
In respect of vehicles located in out-stations. Certificate from the Deputy Commissioner of the District the opinion of the District Superintendent of Police and the report of the Motor Vehicles Inspector are necessary for proposing condemnation of Motor Vehicles.
This may be noted for guidance.
STANDING ORDER No.134
Dated 22nd December 134
Re-alignment of M.A.R.P. Platoons,
Enclosure (1) gives the strength of MARP, attached to each District by platoons, The strength attached to Headquarters M.A.R.P. is also noted therein
Hitherto, the District Superintendent of Police of Bangalore North, South and District did not have an exclusive strength earmarked for the respective Districts, Enclosure (1) will show the strength earmarked for each of these Districts also and they should be teated by these 3 District Superintendent of Police in the self same manner as the detachments working in the various mofussil Districts. The three District Superintendent of Police are now required to get in touch with the District Superintendent of Police MARP who should detail the strength noted against each of the three District Superintendent of Police by platoons specifically, These three District Superintendent of Police should look after the training, parade etc., of these platoons in the self same manner as the strength in the mofussil District. The District Superintendent of Police of these 3 Districts should make it a point to attend parades and record the same in their weekly reports and hold orderly rooms etc.
The MARP strength under the District Superintendent of Police MARP, as noted in enclosure (1) will be treated as “ State Reserve “ In view of the fact that the guards sanctioned by the Government and the Inspector General of Police are heavy in Bangalore and in view of the fact that men have to be deputed daily for escorting prisoners who work at Vhdhanasoudha in Bangalore and the two sections attached to the Police Radio, it is ordered that these items of work should be performed by the MARP directly under the District Superintendent of Police M.A.R.P.
Enclosure (2) gives the list of guards sanctioned by the Government and the Inspector General of Police These are the only guard which should be thus mounted by the MARP men directly under the District Superintendent of Police, MARP If there be any other guards which required such watch, it is the duty of the Deputy Inspector General of Police or the District Superintendent of Police to bring it to the notice of the Inspector General of Police and obtain sanction, Such sanction could be got without any for such a guard to be mounted, the District Superintendent of Police concerned and the Deputy Inspector General of Police should look sharp and see that no time is lost in obtaining the sanction.
Normally the strength of the Headquarters shall not be indeed upon by any District Superintendent of Police without the specific orders of the Inspector General of Police In real emergencies, Dist Superintendent of Police or D. I. Gs can indent direct on the District Superintendent of Police, M.A.R.P for additional force, But they should obtain the Inspector General of Police sanction for the additional force drawn as quickly as possible.
Enclosure:1
Sanctioned Strength of the Platoons in the State.
|District |No. of Platoons |
|1 |Bangalore Headquarters |- |31 |
|2 |Bangalore North |- |2 |
|3 |Bangalore South |- |2 |
|4 |Bangalore District |- |1 |
| |Channapatna | |1 |
|5 |Kolar Gold Fields |- |4 |
|6 |Koalr |- |1 |
|7 |Mysore |- |8 |
|8 |Mandy |- |1 |
|9 |Hassan |- |1 |
|10 |Chickmagalur |- |1 |
|11 |Bellary |- |5 |
|12 |Chitrdurga |- |1 |
|13 |Thumkur |- |2 |
|14 |Shimoga |- |2 |
|- |Bhadravathi |- |1 |
| | | |65 |
Enclosure:24
Statement showing the Guard Duty Staff.
(A) As sanctioned by Government)
_________________________________________________
|Sl No. |G.O. No. |Estt. |Sanctioned Staff |
| | | |P.I. S/M Sub Hav. Nk. P.Cs. |
__________________________________________________
|1 |G.O. No. H.A 5319-31/Pol. |M.A.R.P |- |- |- |1 |1 |8 |
| |126-12-10-dt. |Bangalore | | | | | | |
|2 | - do - |MARP office |- |- |- |- |2 |8 |
|3 |Letter No.P 5979/35-51-56, |NCC Guard |- |- |- |- |1 |3 |
| |dt.25-10-52 | | | | | | | |
|4 |G.O. No. HA 1640-41/Pol. |I.G.P’s Residence |- |- |- |- |1 |4 |
| |469-51-2-dt.22/24-5-52 | | | | | | | |
|5 |G.O. No.HA 4493-95/Pol |Chief Minister Home |- |- |- |- |- |3 |
| |106-52-2-dt.29-8-52/2-9-52 |Minister Health Minister |- |- |- |- |- |3 |
| | |Revenue Minister |- |- |- |- |- |3 |
| | |Law Minister | | | | | | |
| | |Agril. Minister |- |- |- |- |- |3 |
| | | |- |- |- |- |- |3 |
| | | |- |- |- |- |- |3 |
|6 |G.O. No.HA 7935-7/Pol 25-8-52/2 |Machine Tools Factory |- |- |- |- |1 |3 |
| |dt. 23/26-12-52 |Jalahall | | | | | | |
|7 |G.O. No.HA 7017-18/Pol. 246-53-8 |India Telephone Industries|- |- |- |- |1 |4 |
| |dt.16-2-54 | | | | | | | |
|8 |G.O. No.HA 1577-80/Pol 36-52-4 |To Guard conducts Labour |- |- |- |- |- |30 |
| |dated 16/18-5-532 |at “Vidhana Soudha” | | | | | | |
|9 |Letter No.HA 1577-80/Pol. 38-52-4 |Residence of Chief Justice|- |- |- |- |2 |8 |
| |dated 16/18-5-53 | | | | | | | |
|10 |G.O. No.HA 3320-21/Pol 112-53-3 |State Huzur Treasury |- |- |- |1 |1 |13 |
| |dt.25-8-5312-52 |Special Guard. | | | | | | |
|11 |G.O. No.HA 6419/dated 27-10-50 dt.|Note Cancellation Reserve |- |- |- |- |1 |4 |
| |23/26-12-52 |Bank | | | | | | |
_____________
2 11 102
_____________
Enclosure : 2B
Statement showing the details of Guard Duties of personnel of M.A.R.P.
(B) Ass sanctioned by I.G.P)
|Sl No. |I.G.P’s Order No. |Name of the Guard |Sanctioned Strength |
| | | |P.I. S/M Sub. Hav. Nk. P.C.s. |
___________________________________________________________
|1 |No.AC.3382/50/19-11-51 and ADS |Bangalore Place |- |- |- |- |12 |46 |
| |381/53/1-3-54 | | | | | | | |
|2 |No.ADS 381/53-4/3-2-1954d ADS |- do - |- |- |- |- |2 |15 |
| |381/53/1-3-54 | | | | | | | |
|3 |G.C. 359/40-50 datred 1-11-1949 |State Huzur Treasury |- |- |- |- |1 |8 |
|4 | -do- |Chief Office |- |- |- |- |1 |9 |
|5 | -do- |Kumara Krupa |- |- |- |- |1 |9 |
|6 |-do- |State Huzur Try. Escort |- |- |- |- |1 |4 |
|7 |S.O. 29 of IGP |-do- |- |- |1 |- |- |- |
|8 |ADS 68/53-54 |Inter State Wireless |- |- |- |- |1 |4 |
| | |Station | | | | | | |
|9 |ADS57/53 |Reserve Bank |- |- |- |- |- |4 |
|10 |G.C. 434/54-55 dated 25-6-1964 |Chief Office |- |- |- |1 |- |- |
| |359/40-50 datred 1-11-1949 | | | | | | | |
_____________________
- - - - 1 1 19 99
______________________
STANDIN OREDER No.135
No.C2-252/54, dated 23rd December 1954
Utilization by the Police of documents in the possession of Audit Office.
The attention of all the Police officers is drawn to order No. 22-1-50 Police II dated 26-5-1952 from the Government of India Ministry of Home Affairs prescribing the rules of procedure to utilize the documents in possession of the Audit office by the Police published in Mysore Police Gazette dated 11-12-1954 for strict guidance.
STANDING ORDER No. 139
Dated 3rd January 1955
Indents On Government of India, Director General of Supplies and disposals New Delhi Procedure Fire fighting equipment.
1. The items of Fire Fighting equipment (excluding Uniform to Fire Fighting crew and station contingent articles) whose cost is less then Rs.2000/- should be purchased locally through the Stores purchase Committee after obtaining necessary sanction (I.G. of Police up to Rs.25/- and Government sanction beyond that amount) vide letter No.28/15-52 public dated 29-4-52 from the Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs, A list of such articles should be sent to the Inspector General of Police separately with the approximate cost before the end of November every year.
2. Items of Fire Fighting equipment costing more that Rs.2000/- each will be indented on the Director General Supplies and Disposals New Delhi through the Government of Mysore.
3. With regard to equipment to be imported from abroad owing to difficult foreign exchange position, sufficient allocation of currency cannot always be made for the import of such equipment, hence these must indented on government of India (G.O. No. H.A. 6226-7/Pol. 644-50-4 dated 3-10-1951) It is therefore necessary that the requirements be sent in the prescribed from assessed and sent (enclosed) to the respective District Superintendent of Police on the 12th November, the District Superintendent of Police after scrutiny will submit the same to the Deputy. Inspector General of Police concerned on the 16th of November and the Deputy Inspector General of Police will submit such indents to the Inspector General of Police by 23rd November so that the indents may reach the Chief Office not later that the 30th of November. The prescribed dates should be adhered to by the respective Officers, since provision will have to be made in contingency budget which will be expected in the Chief Office by the end of December of each year.
(b) The Chief Office while sending the indent will furnish a certificate on the indent to the effect that sufficient funds have been provided in the budget to meet the cost of supplies.
(c) The Chief Office while preparing the consolidated indent for the entire State will don the same in consultation with the Chief Fire Officer, Mysore State Fire Service.
STANDING ORDER No. 141
No.CA.1/55. Dated 9th January 1955
Budget-Preparation of
Part-1
(Appendix “B” Estimates pay of Officers and establishment and other fixed allowances)
An official year (Financial Year) commences with 1st April and ends with 31st of March of the succeeding year.
2. As a preliminary to the preparation of the Budget Estimates for any official year, Appendix “ B” containing the details for the under mentioned heads on expenditure side pertaining to fixed charges has to be framed in the first instance
(a) Pay of Officers
(b) Pay of Establishment
(c) Allowance and Honoraria
(i) T.A. fixed.
(ii) High Price and Dearness allowance
(iii) Other allowances.
3. The allowances that can be included under (a) and (b) above are personal, deputation and Duty allowance (excepting (i) (ii) such as Special locality allowance, House Rent allowance, Ration and Uniform allowance etc. have to be included under (c) (iii).
4. Estimates for any official year have to be furnished in the skeleton forms of appendix “B” pages, relating to minor heads of which you are concerned and sent to this office not later them 5th September (i.e., & months earlier to the commencement of the official year) with subsidiary statements showing details of calculation working up to each item of provision (Annexure 3) accompanied by explanation in the form (vide annexure (1) for variations forms the corresponding number and provision for the coming year.
5. The following are some of the important points to be kept in mind while preparing the estimates.
(a) Pay of officers and pay of establishment:-
The number of posts (with authoritative explanation for variations, if any,) the rate of pay the rate and nature of allowance should be furnished in the text of the details for each item for which a total given in the inner column. Permanent establishment should be clearly distinguished from temporary establishment and when provision only for the fraction of the year is made for the latter, the period should be specified. The estimates should be ordinarily based on the sanctions existing as on 1st September i.e., exactly six months earlier to the commencement of the official year, and on the pay as it would stand on the 1st day of the official year for which the Budget is prepared. Provision for increment should also be made as follows:-
(i) If the increment falls due on 1st of April of the year, provision for 11 months only need be made as the pay for the month of March would be paid in April which is a charge for the following official year.
(ii) If the increment falls due on or before 15th (when the month consists of less than 31 days) and 16th (when the month has 31 days)respectively of any month, provision for full month should be made.
(iii) If on the other hand it falls due after the above dates specified in any month that month may be ignored while making provision for increments.
(b) Pay and allowances of an Officer for a month become due only at the end of the month. In respect of establishments for whom sanctions expire on 31st March, provision for 1 month has to be made in the budget estimate to be made for the succeeding official year, If however, for further period of one year is necessary, the same may be indicated so that appropriate action may be taken by Chief Office to obtain necessary sanction of Government beyond the expiry of the sanction. Provision on the basis of minimum pay may be made in respect of vacant posts indicating them specifically.
(c) With regard to T.A. fixed, the head comprises F.T.A., P.M.T.A and C.A and details for the same should be furnished as are susceptible of verification.
(d) High price and Dearness Allowances:- The details man be indicated such as for example-2 (40)3(35) 7 (27-8-0) 12(7) and 30(12) which should bear relation to the number of posts, to which they refer by giving a separate abstract to each establishment in Annexure-2.
(e) other allowance:- The nature of the allowance, the designation of the officers entitled to it, the number and rate should be clearly indicated. When details cannot be conveniently entered in full, only rate and the number of persons drawing each allowance need not be entered.
6. The above instructions are in conformity with instructions laid down in Government order No.F1(B)6711810-Budd, 21-54-1, dated 18-8-1954.
7. The Major and Minor heads of the Police Department are furnished below for the information and guidance of the subordinate offices.
Major Head-29 Police
Minor head Detailed head
(v) Superintended 1. Pay of officers
2. Pay of Establishment
(Ministarial).
8. Amounts required during the ensuring official year under the following items should also be sent for providing the same in the budget estimates under non-recurring charges.
|(i) |Rents on buildings |
| |Light Charges |
| |Excess water charges |
| |Telephone rentals |
| |News papers and periodicals |
| |Mohatarfa taxes |
| |Scavenging charges |
| |Postal charges |
| |Miscellaneous charges |
| |Petrol charges for Vehicles |
| |Repairs charges to vehicles |
|(ii) |Oil and Petty stationery charges for Thanas |
|(iii) |Rewards for good service & secret Service |
|(iv) |Dieting and moving charges |
|(v) |Cost of Remounts |
|(vi) |T. A.. to Officers |
|(vii) |T.A. to Establishment |
|(viii) |Fixed T.A. |
9. In respect of Daffendars and Police Constables, it is enough if the numbers of posts on different pay in the grade is give.
10. Fire Bridge allowance attached to Fire Brigade staff wireless Allowance attached to Wireless staff and the Band allowance attached to Band establishment of the MARP palace Guards S.B. allowance attached to the S.B. staff have to be treated as Duty allowance and will have to be shown under Salary of officers or pay of the establishment as the case may be.
11. The details of MARP detachments and Wireless men stationed in several District Head quarters will have to be furnished by the District Superintendent of Police MARP and the police Radio officer respectively, but not in the statement to be furnished by the individual Districts.
12. The Budget estimates may be noted in the Calendar of returns by all the D I Gs D S Ps principal. PTS Police Radio officer, Chief Fire Officer and the Cashier of Chief Office as due on 5th of September each year and the estimates of Budget sent to the Chief Office on that date without further instructions from the Chief Office for each year, without fail, since Budget estimates of the entire department has to be submitted to Government as on 1st October of every year.
Part-II
(Budget for contingent charges and T.A)
With regard to contingent charges. Traveling allowance or other charges of the nature of contingence, provision for the ensuing official year should be based on the average of the past three years (including the revised figures for the running year).
1. Regular contingent charges comprise of fixed recurring nature and miscellaneous comprising of casual charges. The former charges comprise of (a) House Rent (b) Telephone Rentals (c) Scavenging charges (d) Newspapers and periodicals (e) Mohatrafa taxes and provision should be made on the actual, but in respect of excess water charges and lighting charges since they very slightly as also miscellaneous charges three years average may be taken for provision in the next budget.
2, Postal charges may be provided on the past three years average.
3. Petrol charges to vehicles and repairing charges to the same have to be based on the past 3 years average, however petrol charges
Should also have provision for extra consumption of petrol during Dasara and Birthday Festivities (for further particulars-part III of this Standing order may be referred to)
4. (a) Record for good service and secret service:-
(b) Dieting and moving charges of under trial prisoners:-
The provision should be made on the past 3 years average expenditure.
5. As Oil and petty stationery charges are not variable, provision should be sassed on the sanctions.
6. With regard to cost of remounts in MARP place Guards Mounted company, provision may be made keeping in view she number of horses to be condemned on account of old age of chronic illness after obtaining Medical certificate from the Veterinary Surgeon.
7. (a) Fixed T.A. should be provided on the basis of sanction and this should be included with Appendix “B” estimates, pay of officers and establishment and other Fixed allowances.
(b) With regard to T.A. for officers or establishment meant, it should be based on the 3 years average.
8. (a) With regard to transmission and receiver sets of Wireless, the Radio Officer will make provision on the past 3 years basis for renewals, replacements and repairs of sets or for their parts (For further particulars referred to part III of this Standing order).
9. For provision under equipment and clothing the store keeper will make provision based on the 3 years average and also the charges that are required for Bellary District.
10. With regard to Grants of the buildings of this Department the DIGs or DSPs as the case may have to sent the lists of works under Major and Minor repairs to be taken up during the ensuing Official year by the 15th September (one copy to respective Executive Engineer and another to this office to facilitate provision of necessary grants by the Chief Engineer, (For further particulars refer to part III of this Standing order)
11. With regard to estimates for contingencies, Dieting and moving charges, Reward and secret T.A. etc., they should be sent separately along with Budget Appendix “B” Estimates pay of officers, Establishment and other fixed charges on or before 5th September of every year.
Part-III
The following instructions are given regarding the preparation of budget estimates with regard to Motor vehicles, Petty construction repairs New works, Wireless, Fire Brigade and Tear smoke. The budget report is due from this office to Government on 1st October for the coming year. So that this office may have a comprehensive account, it is hereby directed that the D.S.Ps will sent their requirements under the following important heads to reach this office by 5th September each year. It is impressed that the DSPs should pay personal attention to these items.
1. Motor Vehicles.
This Should consist of 3 parts (i) Repairs charges for the regular running of the vehicle, (ii) Replacements and (iii) Addition of new vehicles.
(i) With regard to repair charges, I want to point out that year after year old vehicles will be deteriorating. The D.S.Ps. must be able to get into the matter carefully and give a rough estimate of repair charges for the coming year, They must err more on the safer side, By after side, I mean that the estimate should be such that it must include all the repair charges likely to be incurred during the year. The average of the previous 3 years should be actually worked up and sent along with the report.
(ii Replacement:- It has been declared that a period of 10 years is the normal age of a vehicle. No hard and fast rule can be laid down regarding this as for a e.g., abruptly if a engine leaks or it the transfusion is worn out, it is open for the DSP to make out a report where there is a good case. So this 10 years period is only an indication. So then it is entirely the responsibility of the DSP. To judge if the vehicle would require replacement. It doing so, he will have the normal life of the vehicle into consideration and also the amount of money the road. Taking these to account it is for the DSP to make a case whether the vehicle would require replacement or not. This aspect must be carefully and personally examined by the DSP. When sending the report. I must impress that when a D.S.P. has not asked for replacement much in advance he will have no case for replacement during the year.
(iii) Additions:- I have frequently heard from the D.S.Ps. that the transport facilities provided for the District are inadequate. It should not be necessary for and D.S.P. to say this unless he had in his budget report made it clear how the transport position is very inadequate in his District. For e.g., if the law and order situation has been frequently another and if the existing transport arrangement is not satisfactory, there is a good case. The requirement may be worked out roughly at the rate of one van for every platoon of M.A.R.P.
II. PETTY CONSTRUCTION REPAIRS:
It is the duty of the D.S.P. to have gone round his District, known the existing state of affairs and prepared the list of repairs (petty constructions) required for the coming year. For this, it is open to him to take the assistance of his subordinates For e.g., it will be proper if he collects reports from his Inspectors who would be able to say the requirements of the various stations. The repairs envisaged should not be the current year’s report. They should have been indicated in the previous year’s report itself, For e.g., an item of repairs to a Station building which is leaky should have been envisaged or reported in the previous year and not reported during the current year. The D.S.P. will have to arrange in order of preference all the petty construction repairs of his District and then with his list of approximate estimates, it may be proper for him to make a demand. It may not be possible for the Chief Office to get sanction to cover all the items, The demand will be examined and provided for all important items and if the items are not included, such of those which are not met during the year must be carried over to the next year. This should be the basis for the demand for petty construction repairs.
III. NEW WORKS.
I have heard during my tour from the D. S. Ps. that building position is unsatisfactory, It might be that some Police Stations are located in rented buildings that is an unsatisfactory matter. The programme must be to have all Police Stations in our own buildings. It may be that in an important lab our area or a place full of unsocial elements, it would be undesirable to have out policemen living in rented houses. It is for the D.S.P. to make it very clear by the report how it is undesirable to have these man in rented houses and make out a case to approach Government for getting sanction for quarters. These are only illustrations and there might be several other causes which are well know to the D.S.P. The D. S. Ps. must be able to make out a list in order of preference spreading even for several years, because it will be impossible for us to have new buildings. Constructed at one time. He could go up by stages, including item by item in order of preference. But these should also be made in the shape of a report to the Inspector General of Police in his budget report so reach the Chief Office by the 5th September each year. It the report was not implemented by the Chief Office, it is the duty of the D.S.P. to bring it over to the next year.
IV. WIRELESS
The Police Radio Officer will send his demand for the coming year to reach the Chief Office by 5th September each year, In doing this, he should have it in 3 different parts (i) Repairs (ii) Replacements and (iii) New item. These three items are similar to the details under MOTOR VEHICLES I will however indicate the line regarding new items. In preparing this the A.S.P. should have a 5 year programme. At present moment, our programme has been to furnish each D.S.P. with a static and a standby set. The future programme may include providing transportable sets for the D. I.Gs. D. S. Ps. and A .S. Ps. and also Static sets for the Head. Quarters. Police Inspectors.
V. FIRE BRIGADE.
The instructions given under “Motor Vehicles” will apply to the Fire Brigade also. With regard to new items, it is for the I.G.P. to prepare a five year programme. The year programme will be to have fire stations in all District Head quarters and other important Municipalities and to provide equipment. For this purpose, the Chief Fire Officer of Bangalore will give an estimate for the District covered by the jurisdiction of the D.I.G. Bangalore the Fire Office Mysore will give an estimate for the District covered by the jurisdiction of the D.I.G. Mysore and the Fire Officer at M.A.R.P. will give an estimate for all the Districts covered by the jurisdiction of the D.I.G. Bellary. In so doing they are not supposed to move outside their existing jurisdiction at all.
VI. TEAR SOMKE
This item must be prepared by the D.S.P. M.A.R.P. and estimate must be received in the Chief Office by 5th September each year. In working this the D.S.P. would see the regulation which prescribes the training the practices and the courses. The prescribed training and courses must be regularly undergone For that purpose the required amount of cartridges of different kinds should be indented and got. The cost of this should be calculated by the D.S.P. and included in the estimate Care must be taken to quote the order which prescribe the practices and it may be possible for the Chief Office to understand it by a simple mathematics about the claim so that it may be easily passed.
ANNEXURE-1
_______________________________________________________
|Budgets |Budget for |Budgets Heads for|Difference increase + |Explanation for difference with quoting order of|
|Heads |running years |the ensuing year |Decrease - |Government Sanctioning additions retrenchments |
| | | | |and reversions |
_______________________________________________________
ANNEXURE-2
|Name |Designa|Sanctioned pay of post |Amount of provision|Increment faling due within year |
| |tion | |for the year as in | |
| | | |column No.3 (c) | |
| | |Minimum, a |Maximum, b |Actual pay bon 1st of ensuing|
| | | | |official year, c |
6 7 8 9 10
______________________________________________________
____________________________________________
|Particulars as in printed appendix for |Number and pay |Provision proposed in printed|
|each section | |appendix for ensuing year |
_____________________________________________
STANDING ORDER No.144
No. A3.C1/551, Dated 28th December 1954.
Maintenance of Long Rolls.
The attention of D S Ps, is drawn to the office memo No.AC149/32 dated 17th May 1922 (copy enclosed for ready reference) regarding the maintenance of the Long roll for the purpose of checking the pay bills and the service of the subordinate ranks from the Sub Inspectors downwards. It has come to notice that in spite of clear instructions laid down in that memo they are not being strictly followed, so much so that in some places instead of checking the pay bills, with reference to the entries in the Long roll, the long roll is posted with reference to the entries in the pay bills. There cannot be a more sorry state of affairs.
The D I Gs have also noticed during their insertions the incomplete manner in which this important register is written up.
The D I Gs have also noticed during their inspections the incomplete manner in which this important register is written up.
The D S Ps. Are hereby directed to see that this register is maintained strictly in accordance with the instructions issued in the memo of 17-5-1933 referred to above except that the period of the financial year is now from April to end of March and that the entries therein are made then and there with reference to the District Order Book. And leave and punishment orders. Any lapses in the maintenance of this register will be severely noticed. The work of making entries in the Long Roll should be clearly defined in the memo of Distribution of work prepared for the office.
No.AC149/32, Dated 17th May 1932
In forwarding herewith a sample form showing as to how the Long Roll register should be maintained, has the honor to issue the following instructions for information and guidance.
1. Long Roll is maintained for the purposes of checking pay bills and the service of the Constabulary, Daffedari, Jamadari and Sub-Inspectorate. In it the names and rank of the men should be entered in serial order according to their metal Nos. as well as the date of enlistment.
2. The Register may be maintained from July onwards to cover the financial year, the headings of months being suitably altered. The pay of each man will be entered each month, as well as the Taluk in which he is serving and beneath will be entered any orders passed affecting his pay i.e., promotions, reductions, leave fines etc., the entries being made from orders passed in the District Order book and leave and punishment orders. Sufficient space will be left for each man to admit of such orders being entered, but not more than is necessary. From 4 to 6 names can be entered on each page.
3. Should the holder of a metal number be altered. The names of the new will be entered immediately below that of the old holder and the sequence of numbers shall not be altered.
4. The Register should thus contain a complete record of the service of each man and should tally with the Service Book.
STANDING ORDER No.145
Dated 24th January 1955
Procedure for condemnation of Unserviceable Tyres and tubes of the Departmental Motor vehicles.
1. G.O. No. C. S. 18629-18728/C/ B. 29-50-3 dated 28-3-1951. This Inspector General or Police In Mysore is empowered to order the auction of unserviceable and condemned articles of the Department.
2. Whenever it is reported that tyre or tube of the Departmental motor vehicle has become worn out and is considered unfit for further use, the District Superintendent of Police Should personally inspect the article and satisfy himself that the tyre or tube has become entirely unfit by virtue of its having done sufficient mileage The date of supply of the tyre and the mileage done should form the basis for this action. When a tyre is thus recommended for condemnation there should be the required information on the Register of the condemned articles maintained in Stores.
3. On satisfying himself of the above, the District Superintendent of Police will send a proposal in the form noted below to the Chief Office for orders.
1. Registered No, of the Vehicle.
2. Size of the tyre and tube,
3. Tyre No. porposed for condemnation.
4. Date of supply of the tyre.
5. No. of miles run.
6. Opinion of the District Superintendent of Police.
STANDING ORDER No.147
Dated 24th January 1955
Duties of Station Writers.
Rule No.256 Police Manual (Volume-1) prescribes that every entry relating to the search of a prisoner, that is to be made in Column No.6 the signature of the writer along with that of the SHO.
Rule No. 332 Police Manual (Volume-1) prescribes that the note books constables that are kept in the Station should be in charge of the Station Writer.
G.O. No. P.P. 7101/3. Pol dated 4-6-47 makes provision for the employment of Daffedar as a writer in every Station in the City the heavy Station taking the assistance of Constable in addition.
Instructions have been issued in S.O. No.36 dated 29th July 1954 regarding the need of selection suitable men for this work and the duties of Station writers.
The undersigned had occasion to observe that Station Writers are being deputed for out-door work such as going to Court, carrying records to the Inspector etc. This procedure is ordinarily unnecessary and should not be done.
It is therefore ordered that Station Writers should not ordinarily be deputed for out-door work.
STANDING ORDER No.148
C2-18/55. Dated 2nd February 1955,
Adjudication of Major and Minor offences while charge sheeting cases.
It is noticed that the Investigating officers have a tendency to minimize the gravity of offences by charge-sheeting cases investigated for Major offences like murder etc., This is not correct. The investigating office should not adjudicate on a point of law as to whether an act of voluntarily causing death to a person amounts to an offence under Section 302 IPC or not. He must charge sheet is evidence to that effect and leave the matter to the adjudication of the court.
STANDING ORDER No.149
Dated 2nd February 1955.
Checking of History Sheets by District Superintendents of Police and Assistant Superintendent of Police.
District Superintendents of Police and Assistant Superintendent of Police. Are expected to scrutinize the History Sheets during their inspections of Stations and when the History Sheets are required to be renewed or closed as per Rule Nos. 360, 365, 362, of M.P.M. Voulme-1, or order the regular watch of the History Sheeted persons as per Rule No.379, M.P.M. Voulme-1, Vital instructions to maintain History Sheets are laid down in Rule 361 M.P.M. Volume-1.
Yet during my inspections it is notice that the History Sheets are not maintained up-to-date. Many columns were not either filled up or relevant information as per headings were not furnished. This is most unsatisfactory. Hence it is hereby ordered as follows:-
The District Superintendents of Police should get from the D.I.B. every week at least 10 History Sheets of District Criminals, scrutinize and issue necessary instructions, initialing in the History Sheets. A check Register for this should be maintained by the District Superintendents of Police in the following Performa.
Sample.
|Week ending |District Criminals Nos. |Remarks. |
|5-2-55 |1 to 10 |……….. |
|12-2-55 |11 to 20 |……….. |
The police Inspectors should check all the History Sheets of each Station every quarter and initial each History Sheet. This should be checked by the Assistant Superintendent of Police. District Superintendents of Police during their inspections. The Sub-Inspectors who neglect their History sheets should be dealt with.
Special attention should be paid to see that instructions contained in Rule 361 of M.P.M. Voulme-1 are carried out. The names of relatives, associates, receivers. Habits, occupation and income of the History Sheeted person should be revised and brought up-to date as they are likely to change e.g. name of wife, number of children etc.,
STANDING ORDER No.150.
Dated 4th February 1955
Prompt publication of particulars of O.V. Criminals for whom History Sheets are maintained in the C & O Sheet.
The instructions for prompt publication of O.V. Criminals in C &O sheets have been issued in Chief Office Circular No.8073/CID/51-52 dated 2-4-1951.
As per Rule 299 (3) of M.P.M. Volume-1 lays down that full use of District Police Sheets should be made for publishing descriptive rolls of out of view known depredators.
But during my inspections it was notice that the instructions laid down in the above mentioned order and rules are not being carried out.
Hence it is hereby ordered that whenever a K.D. or a suspect or D.C. absents from his residence vigorous efforts should be mad to trace him. If his where about cannot be traced within one month from the date of his becoming absent, he should be considered as having become O.V. and his description should be published in the C & O Sheet of the District. The fact that his name has been published should be noted in bold letters in the docket of the History Sheet. The District Superintendent of Police should publish a consolidated list of O. V. D. C Ss. every half year on 10th of January and July in his C & O Supplement.
STANDING ORDER No.152.
Dated 7th February 1955.
Transfers of Executive Officers and Ministerial staff from one District to another and from one range to the other.
1. Standing Order No.98 dated 26-10-1954 applies to transfers of Daffedars and Constables.
2. It is since observed that applications from Police Inspectors Sub-Inspectors and Jamedars and the ministerial staff are being received in this office (Chief Office) for transfer from one District to another either within the range of a Deputy Inspector General of Police or outside his Range.
3. In so far as Jamedars and sub Inspectors and the ministerial staff are concerned (except Managers on Rs.110-6-170 & higher grade) transfers from one District to another within a Deputy Inspector General of Police Range may be ordered by the Deputy Inspector. General of Police concerned, after consulting the District Supdts. of Police of the Districts concerned (Vide No.H.4313-24/Pol-79-49-2 dated 20-9-1949).
4. In respect of transfer of the above officers and the ministerial staff from one range to another, proposals should be sent to the inspector General of Police for orders and the procedure detailed in Standing Order No.98, will apply in such cases.
5. It is presumed that in ordering transfers, Deputy Inspector General of Police will comply with the provisions of Chapter XII of the Police Manual and the relevant Government Orders.
6. All transfers of Inspector will be ordered by the Inspector General of Police.
STANDING ORDER No.154.
SB/Sec/9/52-53, Dated 8th February 1955.
Maintenance of Mysore State Political Who’s who.
Attention of the District Superintendent of Police in charge of District is invited to the memorandum No.SB/Sec/9/52-53, dated 8-4-1954, from the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Special Branch & CID regarding the Mysore State Political Who’s Who, copies of which have been distributed to them.
The dossiers found in the Mysore State Political who’s who are corrected up to 31-12-1952 and it is essential that they should be brought up-to-date every year by issuing amendments with out which the purpose and utility of the compilation of the book are not served.
In the circumstances, the following instructions are issued for the guidance of the District Superintendent of Police re-maintenance of the book up-to-date:-
1. Notes covering the activities chronologically up to the end of December of the persons of their respective jurisdictions figuring in the Mysore State Political Who’s who will be ready and made available to the Central Special Branch by the first week of January every year to enable them to proceed with the work of issuing amendments. A recommendation will also accompany against each individual whether the dossier in respect of the person should be son tined or deleted from the Mysore State Political Who’s Who.
This year, however, the notes will cover the period from January 1953 to the end of December 1954 and they should be sent to the Central Special Branch by the 20th February 1955.
2. History sheets should invariably be maintained for the individuals of their respective jurisdictions figuring in the Mysore State Political Who’s who in the Pro-forma prescribed and their activities incorporated in them up-to-date, copies of which will be submitted to the Central Special Branch.
3. Beside, History sheets should be maintained in the prescribed pro-forma for all the political suspects, agitators and others who have come to adverse notice (of Special Branch importance) and the dossiers in respect of them, be sent to the Central Special Branch along with other notes in the first week of January every year. This year, these should be sent by the 20rth February 1955.
STANDING ORDER No.155.
Dated 11th February 1955.
Maintenance of History Sheets in Railway Police Stations
Ref:- No.C.95/RIB/54, dated 12-11-54 from the District Superintendent, Government Railway Police, Bangalore.
History Sheets have to be opened automatically for persons coveted, as laid down in Rule No.360 Mysore Police Manual Volume-1 by the Station House Officers in-Charge of Railway Police Stations.
2. And also for persons who are known or believed to be addicted to or to aid or abet the Commission of Crime on the Railway whether convicted or not, or who are believed to be habitual receivers of property stolen in offences committed on the Railway under orders of the District Superintendent of Police laid down in Rule No.363 Mysore Police Manual Volume-1.
3. The Railway regarding reporting the activities and movements of District Criminals apply equally to Railway Criminals. The Station House Officer is responsible for reporting to the Railway Intelligence Bureau, particulars of arrest conviction release from jail, passing out of view conduct, movements etc., or any other information likely to be of use of general interest in respect of every Railway Criminal about whom he may obtain information on the points specified.
5. For a criminal, who has a History Sheet in a Railway Police Station, a History Sheet will also be maintained in the local Police Station in the jurisdiction of which he resides, Local and Railway Police Station House Officer will report to each other information of arrest, conviction etc., and all matters of interest in respect of such persons.
STANDING ORDER No.157.
No.C2-11/55, Dated 10th February 1955.
Rowdy Sheet.
It is noticed that no record is maintained in Stations regarding rowdies, It is very necessary to have a record of such persons and watch their movements to maintain Law and Ordered as follows.
The following persons may be classified as rowdies and rowdy sheets may be opened for them under the orders of the Police Inspector. The Dist. Supdt. Of Police and Asst. Supdt. of Police during their inspections should scrutinize if Rowdy sheets are maintained for deserving persons only.
(a) Persons who habitually commit or attempt to commit or abet the commission of offences involving a breach of peace.
(b) Persons bound over under Section 106 and 107 Cr. PC.
(c) Persons convicted under Station 56 clause O,q. and r.
(d) any person who in the opinion of the S H O is desirable to be considered as a rowdy.
Name of Rowdies for whom rowdy sheets are maintained should be entered in the Rowdy Check register, which should be on similar lines as the K D Check Register.
In addition to maintaining rowdy sheets the following instructions are hereby issued for dealing with the rowdies.
Undesirable rowdy elements loitering and lurking near tanks, water taps, bathing gnats in rivers, Girls Schools and other places of public resort which are frequented by women-flock, cause them much embarrassment. Such things might lead to considerable mischief and disturbance of the peace. It is necessary that the Police should often visit such places and take vigorous and prompt steps to see that idle groups of young men and other undesirable rowdy elements do not congregate in such places. If however, the rowdy elements persist in resorting to these places inspite of the warnings and directions of the Police suitable action under the law, should be taken against them. The various provisions of the law under which action can be taken are indicated below and the action taken would depend on the circumstances of each case.
1. Action under Section 56 clause O.Q and R may also be taken wherever it is extended.
2. Persons who cause annoyance to others by doing any obscene acts in any public place can be dealt with under Section 294 IPC. this office is cognizable and is punishable with three months imprisonment or fine or both. Cases under this Section are summons cases and the charge sheet against the accused must clearly mention the specific words uttered by them. It is necessary also to give evidence of actual annoyance to the public.
3. Evidence of instances that have so far occurred may be collected and the accused run in under section 110 E or F Cr PC as the case may be.
4. Action against the rowdies may also be taken under section 107 Cr. P. C. if there is evidence to show that the Acts done by them are likely to occasion a breach of the peace or disturb the public tranquility. In towns having a past history for communal troubles, it will not be difficult to initiate action under section 107 Cr. P. C.
5. Action can be taken under section 509 IPC. if any person alters any word makes any sound or gestures, or exhibits any object with intention to insult the modesty of any women or intrudes on the privacy of women.
6. If the acts committed by the rowdies amount to non-cognizable offences, the Police can take the initiative and lay complaints before Magistrates under section 190 (i) (b) Cr. P C after necessary enquiries witnesses to prove the prosecution case should be cited in the complaint itself.
7. Men in uniform or mufti may be deposed at the trouble spots and patrols on a selective basis varying according to the time and place of the offences may be worked.
STANDING ORDER No.159
Date 4th March 1955
Use of Stop watches-prevention of over-speeding
In order to prevent over-speeding of Motor vehicles on high roads, Stop watches will be used Two stop watches will be supplied to each h District.
Where necessary, reasonable speed limits may be imposed in consultation with the competent authority authorized to impose speed limits under the Indian Motor Vehicles Act and Rules framed threaded. The relevant traffic signs as described in item I of part “A” of the Ninth schedule of the Indian Motor Vehicles Act may be installed.
The check will be carried out weekly or as often as necessary for tow hours. In Cities, it may be carried out on different roads on the same day. A stretch of road of at least 220 yards in length will be measured and marked.
Before commencing the check, the watches will be synchronized and tested for accuracy.
Two Officers in uniform with stop watches will take positions at either end of the distance marked. They should keep themselves under cover, but be within sight of each other.
Before commencing the check, the stop watches will be set simultaneously and kept running.
All vehicles will be timed by each officer as they pass them.
After the check is over, the speed in miles per hour will be calculated with reference to the time taken for the vehicle to travel 220 yards and a report in statement I will be submitted to the District Superintendent of Police who will decide action to be taken. The statement will be returned very early to the Station with the orders of the District, Dist. Superintendent of Police. On receipt of orders, the Station House Officer will take suitable action.
A monthly statement in the form noted below may be sent to the Chief Office by the District Superintendents of Police.
It is needless to point out that stop watches are delicate instruments and must not only be maintained accurately, but also handled carefully.
Statement I
Speed check report of……………………………………………….
(Name of Oficer with designation)
Date:……….. Place where the check Distance…………………..
was carried out
Speed limit:- for cars…. m.p.h. Lorries……….m.p.h.
Stage carriages…m.p.h.
|Sl. |Regn. No. of |Readings of the stop watches |Speed in m.p.h |Orders of the DSP |
|No. |vehicle | | | |
| | |At the point of |At the point of | | |
| | |entry |exit | | |
Signature of officer.
Statement II
Statement of motor vehicles checked for speed for the month of ………… in…………… District.
No. of Speed No. of cases put up.
traps held.
STANDING ORDER No. 160
Dated 10th March 1995
It is noticed that Loud-speakers are being used indiscriminately and the law relating to this is not being enforced effectively. Hence it is hereby ordered as follows:-
1. The District Superintendents of Police and Assistant Superintendents of Police should take action under Section 38-A of Mysore Police (Amendment) Act 1954 whenever it is desirable.
2. As per Sec. 38-B License4 from the District Superintendents of Police is necessary to use Loud-Speakers at a pitch or volume to be audible beyond 50 feet from any premises or beyond 200 feet if it is an open space. In case of ceremonial factions such as marriage etc., violating the provisions of this section a notice should be issued to the organizers of the function after the day’s function. Case should be taken not to interfere with the ceremony for the day. In other cases prosecutions under Sec. 67-A should be launched immediately without issuing any notice.
3. A monthly statement of cases launched under Section. 67-A should be submitted to this office before the 10th of every month in the following proforma along with the consolidated monthly statements required to be sent as per Standing Order 106 dated : 3-11-1954.
MONTHLY STATEMENT OF PROSECUTIONS
U/S 67-A OF THE MYSORE POLICE (AMENDMENT) ACT 1954.
For the month ending with…………..
District…………………
|No. of cases launched during the month |No. of cases launched from the beginning | Disposal |
| |of the calendar year | |
| | |Con. |p.t. |
STANDING ORDER No. 161
Dated 1st March 1956
Execution of fine warrants addressed to Police Officers by Courts and their remittance to Treasuries
it is brought to my notice that amounts collected by executing fine warrants addressed to Police Officers are not being properly remitted as required by rules and that no receipt is issued for collection of such amounts. It is reported that in several places the money collected is produced by the Sub-Inspector or other signature of one of the officials of the concerned Court obtained in the fine warrant register of the Station. This procedure is opposed to rules laid down in Mysore Police Manual, Mysore Financial Code and the Criminal Rules of practice and circular orders Vol.-1 Extract of the rules in this behalf are noted in the enclosure.
The following procedure should here after be observed by all Police Officers dealing with the fine warrant amounts.
1. As soon as the fine warrant amount is collected, it should immediately be produced before the Inspector of Police who will issue printed receipt in form No.1 prescribed under rule-6 of the Mysore Financial code to the party and bring the amount on the cash book.
2. The amount will then be paid into the Taluk Treasury noting the same in the remittance book and the Chelan obtained should be sent direct by the Police Inspector to Court issuing the warrant, simultaneously intimating the District Superintendent of Police of the fact of execution of the warrant. “The Court will then enter the fine in the proper register as realized and as paid into the Taluk Treasury and send the Taluk Treasury receipt to the District Treasury”.
3. In District Headquarter Towns, in addition to the above procedure, the amount collected is permitted to be paid by the Inspector to the Court concerned obtaining printed receipt in form No.1 under the signature of the Presiding Officer of the Court concerned and thereafter intimation sent to the District Superintendent of Police about the execution of the warrant.
4. Any lapses in this behalf will be seriously viewed.
Extract from the Criminal Rules of Practice and Circular orders Vol. I
CHAPTER XVII-Execution of sentence-III. Levy of Fine.
1. All warrants for the levy of fines shall ordinarily be addressed to the District Superintendent of Police within whose jurisdiction any property liable to be attached and sold is believed by the Court to exist, or to such subordinate Police Officer as the Dist. Superintendent of Police may, by writing, appoint in that behalf. The form of address should be “To the District Superintendent of Police for the execution by himself or such officer as he may, by writing, appoint in this behalf for execution.”
The High Court directs that whenever a warrant for the recovery of fine imposed by a court is executed by any Police Officer to whom the warrant is sent for execution, the manner of its execution shall be reported immediately to the court concerned direct, by the officer executing the warrant, the Dist. superintendent of Police being simultaneously informed of it unless the officer executing the warrant happens to be the District Superintendent of Police himself.
2. A register of such warrants should be maintained in the office of the Dist. superintendent of Police.
7. There is extraordinary dilatoriness in most of the Courts in taking steps to collect outstanding fines and in noting collections of fines in the Fine Register. The usual practice seems to be to issue a warrant to the Police to collect the fine and then to lose sight of the matter altogether. Reminders are hardly ever issued to the Police. There have been cases of gross delay by the Police Dept. has lost sight completely of the fact that the fines are still outstanding.
10. The following is forwarded to all Magistrates with a view to the avoidance of like irregularities occurring in their own Courts.
(i) In a certain Magistrate’s Court a fine amount which included a sum to be paid as compensation was received on 25th July 1922. The magisterial clerk did not remit the amount to the treasury till 27th November 1922 and not till the complainant had pressed for payment of compensation awarded. When he drew the cheque for the payment of the compensation amount, in order to avoid any suspicion on the part of the magistrate of delay in remitting the amount, he inserted in the cheque the date of remittance as 27th July 1922. But subsequently after obtaining the signature of the magistrate to the cheque, he altered the date to 27th November 1922 as otherwise the Treasury would have refused payment and this unattested alteration does not appear to have been notice by the Treasury officials.
(ii) He was also in the habit of (a) obtaining the initials of the Magistrate to the entries of credit of fine amounts in the cash book, before the amount was actually remitted to the Treasury and credited therein, (b) not remitting to the Treasury the define amount, on the date of recovery or at least on the next following day (c) entering in the Cash book in the appropriate columns false dates of remittance to the Treasury.
(iii) The result was that the clerk was that the clerk was able to temporarily misappropriate fine amount for considerable periods.
Extract from the Mysore Financial Code, Vol.-I
Rule 67.
(1) All fines realized by the Police on warrants should be paid, as far as possible, into the Court concerned for payment into the District Treasury, but when the fine is realized in a Taluk, it must be paid into the nearest Taluk Treasury and a receipt obtained, which the Police officer will send with the warrant to the court. The Court will then enter the fine in the proper register as realized and as paid into the Taluk Treasury, sending the Taluk Treasury receipt to the District Treasury.
Extract from the Mysore Police Manual, Vol. I
Rule 346 (1)- Cash Registers.
The Taluk Headquarter Stations deal with the following items of money.
(f) Fine recovered under warrants issued by the Courts.
(4) All amounts to be remitted to other offices, such as items Nos. (f) and (g) noted above or to the treasury should be entered in the Remittance book and sent to such office or the Treasury under the signature of the Inspector as soon as such amounts are received in the Station.
STANDING ORDER No. 162
No. A4 C 73/55, Date 10th March 1955
Motor Vehicles of the Police Department Maintenance-upkeep-responsibility for maintenance of records and accounting Rules for use etc.,
PART-I
The rules for the maintenance of registers and accounts in respect of Motor Vehicles of the Police Department issued with Chief Office Memo No. AC 2360/45-46 dated 20-6-1947 and approved in GO No. P 526-27/Pol. 132-45-9 dated 12-7-1948 is reproduced below:-
“It is noticed that there has been no uniformity of procedure in all the District Police Offices in the matter of maintenance of Registers and accounts relating to the use of Motor Vehicles. With a view to maintain uniformity in all the Offices the registers detailed below are prescribed. These Registers may be maintained in manuscript until they are got printed after obtaining the approval of Government. It is also found necessary to frame rules for the maintenance and use of the motor vehicles and to incorporate the same in the Police Manual with the approval of Government. Action is being taken separately in this behalf.
Due to increased number of vehicles it is necessary that greater scrutiny is exercised in the District Police Offices and the accounts maintained regularly on a uniform basis. The District Superintendent of Police are requested to give effect to these instructions from 1-7-1947.
With view to enabling this office to maintain the Register of Motor Vehicles in the Police Department in the form “A” the District Superintendent of Police are requested to furnish the particulars required in respect of the vehicles in their charge by the 10th of July 1947. The expenditure incurred so far in respect of these vehicles may be arrived at with reference to registers and records available in their offices and the total amount spent furnished for reference and maintenance of further accounts, in regard to these vehicles in the Chief Office.
The following registers will be maintained in this connection:-
i. Register of Motor Vehicles in the Police department.
ii. Log Book,
iii. Indent book for supply of petrol.
iv. Order Book for all purchases relative to motor vehicles.
v. Stock Book
vi. Repairs Register.
The following instruction regarding the maintenance of these registers are issued for the guidance of Departmental Officers:-
1. Register of Motor vehicles in the Police Dept.
This will be inform “A” annexed. The particulars of each vehicle will be entered in this Register showing the District to which the vehicle is supplied, date of supply etc. the expenditure incurred from time to time in respect of each vehicle should be posted against each vehicle, while the bills relating to motor vehicles are countersigned and the total expenditure incurred for every half year noted in red ink.
Log Book:- A Log Book for each vehicle will be maintained in which details of all journeys performed as well as the quantity of petrol, oil and grease issued will be entered. This will be in Form “B”. All entries made in this Register will be initialed by the Manager each day and at the end of the month, totals will be struck and note made in red ink in the Register showing the average number of miles run per gallon of petrol. The expenditure on oil and grease should also be scrutinized. These Registers should be checked at least once a week by the District Superintendent of Police.
All bills in which cost of petrol is claimed and sent for countersignature should accompany with duplicate copies of the summary of the Chauffeurs’ note book in the form prescribed in Article 9(c) of the annexure to M.C.A.C., Volume I.
3. INDENT BOOK:
An indent book for supply of petrol in counterfoils as in form “C” will be maintained and the indents made only on these forms. The firms supplying petrol may be requested to send these indents with their bills for purpose of verification.(The special coupon No. issued in respect of each indent may be noted on the counterfoil to facilitate Verification)
4. ORDER BOOK:
An Order Book should be maintained for all purchases to be made, and the approval of the head of the office obtained for all such purchases. Entries relating to each vehicle may be made chronologically setting a part a few pages for each vehicle.
6. STOCK BOOK:
A Stock Book in Form “D” will be maintained in which details of all supplies of stores purchases such as petrol, oil, grease spare parts etc., are entered as also the issues made. This Register shall be in tow parts. Part-1 will account for receipts and issues off all stores, accessories etc., two of more pages being set apart for each item, in Part II shall be shown the distribution of all articles issued a page or two being set apart for will be initialed by the Gazetted Officer and in the case of issues by the Driver to whom they are made, Before the bills are paid, the claims should be carefully checked with the Stock Book and a note made in the bill to this effect against each item.
6. REPAIRS REGISTER
A repairs register with tow of more pages set apart for each vehicles (vide form “E” annexed) will be maintained in which details of all repairs carried out of expensive replacements made will be entered. The requisite sanction should be obtained for all major repairs.
The tools supplied to each vehicles including those purchased form time to time should be noted in the Stock Book and verified annually and a report regarding the condition of the vehicle and the result of verification furnished to Chief Office by the end of September of each year”
PART-II.
The rules for the maintenance referred to above being not exhaustive, and not containing specific instructions regarding the procedure and responsibility for the maintenance of records and registers, procedure for payment of bills on account of expenditure on the vehicles, the powers of Departmental Officers in incurring expenditure, procedure for condemnation and replacement of unserviceable vehicles, it has become necessary to issue instructions for guidance and to ensure uniformity in the maintenance of records, and on subjects detailing with motor vehicles. The following rules are issued::-
((a) PRUCHASE AND ALLOTMENTS OF MOTOR VEHICLES
1. Annually before the end of October, the District Supdt. of Police will send a statement furnishing the details of motor vehicles which have become unserviceable and area to be replaced by new ones during the subsequent year. The particulars in respect of vehicles located at places outside Bangalore should contain the reports of the Inspector of motor vehicles the opinion of the Dist. Supdt. of Police and a certificate of the Deputy Commissioner of the District as to the condition of the vehicles and need for replacement. In respect of vehicles located in Bangalore, the particulars of the vehicles with the report of the motor vehicles Inspector and the opinion of the District Superintendent of Police will be sent to Chief Office for arranging a joint Inspection of such vehicles with the General Manager of Mysore Government Road Transport Department. (G.O. No.HA3734/Pol. Dated 19-10-54, S.O. Nos 42, 97 and 131).
2. The Chief Office will compile a list of all vehicles recommended for condemnation and take action for making provision in the Budget for the succeeding year to provide sufficient funds for purchase and replacement of the vehicles condemned, action being taken to apply to Government for ordering condemnation of the unserviceable vehicles.
3. In the same manner the District Superintendent of Police will furnish the statement of requirements of tyres and tubes for the Departmental vehicles and the particulars in the form prescribed in S.O. No.145 dated 4-2-55. The particulars will be sent to reach Chief Office by the end of May every year. The Chief Office will consolidate the requirements and apply to Government for sanction and make necessary issues as soon as stock is got, the purchase being made from Firms on the Govt. of India rate contract. The supply of tyres and tubes will be made from Chief Office Stores.
(a) PROCEDURE AND PRESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS AND ACCOUNT.
1. The Register of Motor Vehicles pertaining to each District in Form “A” will be maintained by the Manager of the District Police Office and the particulars of expenditure incurred form time to time in respect of each vehicles recorded by him in the register Form “A” while the bills relating to the vehicles are prepared. The total expenditure incurred every half year should be noted in red ink, The entries should show the expenditure on the vehicle in the particular month irrespective of the bills being discharged or not.
2. A Log Book in Form “B” will be maintained in respect of each vehicle. The details of all journeys made as wall as the quantity of petrol, oil, and grease purchased will be entered. This will be in the possession of the driver of the vehicle. Whenever a journey is performed the officer traveling in the vehicles will make all relevant entries in the Log Book. If there are several officers traveling the Senior Officer will make such entries. All entries made will be scrutinized and initialed by the Manager of the Dist. Police Office every day when the vehicle is used in Headquarters if on duty elsewhere. At the end of the month the totals will be struck and a note made in red ink in the register showing the average number of miles run per gallon of petrol, The expenditure on oil and grease should be checked. This register should be checked at least once a week by the District Superintendent of Police.
3. Indent Books in Form “C” for supply of petrol will be maintained by the Manager of the DPO. The indents will be signed by the manger on obtaining the orders of the Head of the Office in the order Book Form “C1” The Firms supplying petrol may be requested to send these indents with their bills for scrutiny. In the Order Book the entries relating to each vehicle may be make chronologically setting apart a few pages for each vehicle.
4. The details of all supplies of stores purchased such as petrol, oil, grease, spare parts etc., should be entered in the Register Form “D” maintained by the Store Clerk of the Dist. Police Office, The Register will be in Two Parts. Part-1 will account for all receipts and issues of all Stores and accessories, two or more pages set apart for each item. In part II will be show the distribution of all issue, a page or two being set apart for each vehicles, In the case of receipts all entries will be initialed by the Gazetted Officer and in the case of issues by the Driver to whom they area made. The Accountant before accepting bills check the entries in the Register with the particulars of the bill and record certificate of correctness on the bills.
5. A Register in Form “E” with 2 or more pages set apart for each vehicle will be maintained by the store Clerk in which details of all repairs carried out and replacements made are entered. The details of parts released by replacements (tyres tubes, batteries and parts etc) shall entered in the Register of condemned articles and disposed off as per rules.
6. The Accountant or the Official responsible for the preparation of bills relating to claims on the expenditure on the motor Vehicles will prepare bills and send the same to the Chief Office for counter signature, by the 10th of the month succeeding to which the claims relate. To achieve this end bills should be got from the Firms by the 5th of the month and scrutinized with the entries recorded in the Register form “D” and statement in duplicate in Form “F” (Extract of Log Book now being sent may be discontinued). Progressive expenditure in respect of Vehicles in duplicate should also be attached as per Chief Office Circular AC.2953/51-2, dated14-11-51 in Form “G” The rules for preparation of bills contained in the Mysore Financial Code will be adhered to in this behalf. In cases where petrol and Oil are drawn in other places, bill may be got immediately and claims discharged without waiting for the month to close.
7. The monthly limit of expenditure on each Motor vehicle is fixed not to exceed R.200/- as per G.O. No.CS.18629-18728, CB-29-50-3, dated 28-3-1951. The limit of expenditure for repairs, replacements and purchase of spare parts is Rs.300/- at a time and the total of such expenditure should not exceed Rs.1,000/- per annum per vehicles (G.O. No.HA. 9814-15/Pol 289-52-2 dated 13/17-2-1953). Any expenditure over this limit require sanction Government, Where there are more than one vehicle allotted, care should be taken in the use of the vehicle so that the limit of expenditure is not exceeded. In cases where the limit has exceeded on valid grounds a report may be made to Chief Office before the 5th of the month succeeding to which the excess has occurred clearly indicating therein the reasons that necessitated the use of the vehicle to exceed the limit. Chief Office will, apply to Government for sanction as soon as such report is received and there is a clear case for such application. There should not be any delay in this behalf.
8. The purchase of petrol, Oil etc., for Departmental vehicles shall be made from Firms who allow the highest rebate. (G.O. No.F-1(B)9932-10031 dated 25-9-1954)
C. RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF DEPARTMENTAL VEHICLES.
1. The responsibility for the proper maintenance of the vehicle will rest with the Senior most Officer of the MARP. Detachment stationed in the District. In the case of Mysore MARP. Headquarters, Bangalore where there are more that one police Inspector, one of the Inspectors, will be made responsible for the proper maintenance and upkeep of the motor vehicles allotted.
2. The Officer in charge of the motor vehicles will maintain an attendance Register in Form “H” When the vehicle is fit it must be marked “F” When it is unfit it must be shown as sick “S” If a vehicle goes on detachment or other duty it must be marked as “ONDUTY” or “OD” This marking should be made day to day.
3. The Office in charge of the Motor Vehicle will as soon as he notices any defect in the working of the vehicle will immediately report the fact to the Head of the Office (DSP) and obtaining order get the vehicle examined at a reputed Automobile workshop. If the repairs are slight and could be rectified without any need for replacements of spare parts, the same should be got done at once and reported to the Dist. Supdt. of Police with Bill of cost for obtaining appropriate sanction and payment.
4. In case of where a vehicle is in need of replacement of parts on valid grounds quotation from approved firm should be got and sanction of appropriate authority obtained. Where the expenditure involved is more that Rs.300/- action should be taken for repairs only after obtain sanction.
5. Whenever necessary the vehicle may be got serviced at a local established workshop and the expenditure incurred in this behalf should not exceed Rs.10/- per vehicle.
PART-III
The rules for the use of Government vehicles as approved in G.O. No.HA.1574/Pol, dated 1-7-54 is reproduced below for guidance.
Motor vehicles attached to the Department are intended for speedy and accelerated movement of the force to the disturbed areas, for the maintenance of Law and order and for other miscellaneous duties allied with police work.
The following rules are laid down for strict guidance of all officers concerned.
1. STAFF CARS
Staff cars will be used for escorting and piloting distinguished visitors and Royal personages and for such other departmental duties that may arise from time to time. The cars will be under the control of the Inspector General of Police in Mysore Bangalore and shall not be used without his orders,
2. Police vans, Station wages, Jeeps and Motor-Cycles:
Departmental vehicles will be normally used for the following duties:-
1) Rushing Police personnel to disturbed areas.
2) Patrolling in areas to prevent disturbances and breach of peace.
3) Proceeding to the scene of occurrence in heinous and grave offences for the investigation purposes.
4) Escort of treasure to and from Treasuries and Banks.
5) Escort of prisoners to and from jails and Lock-ups.
6) Changing of Armed Guards and Sentries in and around Cities of Bangalore, Mysore and other places.
7) Transport of kit articles from Chief Office Stores to District Headquarters.
8) Piloting and escorting of very important personages.
9) Transporting police personnel for road lining and other special duties. Transporting food for personnel employed for such duties.
10) Transporting Police Personnel to the Shooting Range for periodical Shooting Practice.
11) Patrolling selected areas in Cities and Districts for the prevention of crime.
12) Surprise checks and speed checks to detect violation of traffic laws.
13) Visiting scene of Motor or Fire accident cases.
14) Transport of kit articles from District Police Office Stores to Stations. Outposts for annual kit inspection and issue of kit.
15) Rapid patrolling in such areas as on the frontiers to prevent smuggling of food grains liquor, Ganja etc.,
16) Transporting of Police personnel for participating in recognized sports athletics, under the orders of the Inspector General of Police.
17) In other emergent cases as ordered by the Inspector General of Police Dy. Inspector General of Police Deputy Commissioners and District Superintendent of Police.
3. Departmental vehicles shall not be used for :-
1) Routine work and Inspections.
2) Personal work of Police Officers.
No unauthorized person should be permitted to travel in any departmental vehicle, except for conveyance of medical and health authorities in cases of accidents and emergencies where medical aid is essential, and for the conveyance of sick and injured persons concerned in such accidents and emergencies.
4, All Police Officers using the departmental vehicles (except staff cars ) shall be attired in the proper uniform of their rank. This rule shall not apply to SB and CID staff.
5. Officers in receipt of conveyance and consolidated allowance, using Departmental vehicles will be liable for a corresponding deduction of their allowance for each days use of such vehicles.
6. Maintenance Vehicles:-
In order that vehicles maintained in a sound mechanical condition. They should be made to run about 25 miles each week. The object is that no motor vehicle should be allowed to stand idle for 7 days continuously. This causes deterioration of the tyres, tubes, mechanical parts and battery. On the 7th days following 6 days of non-use the vehicle should be taken out and made to run approximately 25 miles. Such journeys will be shown as Maintenance trips in column 2 (purpose of journey the) Log Book.
When the vehicle is taken out for such Maintenance Trips’ there will be no objection to officer making use of the Vs for routine departmental duties.
Any commitment on repairs of Police vehicles due to the negligence of officers in not maintaining them properly would be a personal responsibility of the District Superintendent of Police in charge of the vehicles. It is incumbent on the officers that the vehicles in their charges area cared for properly. The need for and purchase of spare parts, tyres etc., should be scrutinized with all due care and caution by the District Superintendent of Police.
7. With a view to maintain uniformity in the maintenance of Accounts in all the Police Offices. The registers and records prescribed in G.O. No.P.526-27/Pol, 132-45-9 dated 12-7-1948, shall be maintained.
8. GENERAL
In no case should Police vehicles be driven by any unauthorized person other than the driver allotted to the vehicles. Should a vehicle be driven by a Police Officer who is not the authorized driver of the vehicle due to extra – ordinary circumstances such an officer will assume full responsibility and will be held responsible for any accident or damage to the vehicle or other consequences.
To each vehicle is assigned a Log Book (Form “B”) whenever a journey is performed, the office traveling in the vehicle will make all relevant entries in the Log Book. If there are several officers traveling, the senior most officer will make such entries.
The life of a motor vehicle is fixed as 10 years, and a proper maintenance of the vehicle will achieve this.
It will be the duty of the Deputy Inspector General of Police and District Superintendent of Police to inspect vehicles in their charges and to see that vehicles are being used and maintained in accordance with Rules.
PART-IV
1. The records and registers prescribed above may be maintained in manuscript where printed forms are not available till such time as printed forms are supplied.
2. The tools supplied to the vehicle will be with the Driver of the vehicle who will be responsible for its safe custody.
3. The Registration Certificates of the vehicle will be with the Officer in charge of the vehicles and he will be responsible for obtaining tax Licenses as and when due and for the exhibition of the Licenses as and when due and for the exhibition of the Licenses on the vehicles.
4. The vehicles should be used only for the purposes mentioned in the Rules as approved in Government Order dated 1-7-1947. Use of the vehicles will be subject to the orders of the District Superintendent Police.
5. The above instructions apply to the vehicles of the Fire Services in which case the Officer in charge of the Fire Station will be responsible for the maintenance of the vehicles as per Para 3 part II.
Form “A”
|1 |Register No. of the vehicle |
|2 |Date of Purchases |
|3 |Authority for purchases |
|4 |Make |
|5 |Type of vehicle |
|6 |Seating Capacity |
|7 |Engine number |
|8 |Chassis Number |
|9 |Horse Power |
|10 |District to which supplied |
|11 |Date of supply |
|12 |Cost of Chassis |
|13 |Cost of body building |
|14 |Details of tools, tyres, etc., supplied to the vehicle (To be detailed overleaf) |
|15 |Has the vehicle been insured ¸If so the Policy Number |
|16 |Amount of annual premium. |
|17 |Date of final disposal with details such as auction sale, transfer etc. |
|18 |Approximate mileage per gallon of petrol |
FORM “A”
Register of Motor vehicles of Police Department.
|Sl. No. |Month |Petrol |Oil |Grease |
| |And year | | | |
| |Quality |Cost Quantity |Cost |Quality |Cost |
| | | | | |Total |
| | | | | | |
| |Nature of repairs |Cost |Kind |cost | |
FORM “B”
Log Book
|Date |Particulars of |Time of taking the |Time of return | |
| |Journey |vehicle | | |
| | | | |Speedometer reading |
| | | | |(a) Initial |(b) Final |(c) Net |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 | |
Consumption of REMARKS
Petrol
______________
|_(a) Qty. in tank at |(b) Qty. |(c) Balance at the|Signature of the |Initials of the Driver |(a) purchases made |
|the beginning month |purchased |end of the month |Officer using the |and cleaner and the |other than petrol and |
| | | |vehicle |officer checking the |repairs effected to be |
| | | | |entries. |entered here |
| |7 | |8 |9 |10 |
FORM”c”
Police Department
Place………………
Date……………….
To
M/s………………………………………………..
………………………………………………..
Dear Sirs,
Please supply (in words & figures)………………….geolns
Of petrol to Motor vehicle No………………………..and send a bill of cost for the month together with this Indent slip……………………..
Yours faithfully
Manager
D.P.O………………………
FORM “C”
Police Department
Place………………
Date……………….
To
M/s………………………………………………..
………………………………………………..
Dear Sirs,
Please supply (in words & figures)………………….geolns
Of petrol to Motor vehicle No………………………..and send a bill of cost for the month together with this Indent slip……………………..
Yours faithfully
Manager
D.P.O………………………
FORM “C”
Order Book for purchases to Department Motor Vehicles in the ……Dist. Police Office.
|Sl No. |Date |Nature of requirements with |Orders of the Dist. Supdt. of |
| | |details |Police |
___________________________________________________________
FORM “D” PART-1
Stock Book of supplies of patrol/oil/grease/spare parts received and issued in the ………………………………….
|Date |From whom received|Receipts |Number of motor vehicle to |issues |remarks |
| | | |which issued | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | |Amount issued | |
| | |Amount received|To whom | | | |
| | | |issued | | | |
FORM “D” PART-II
Issue Register of petrol, Oil Grease, Spare parts etc.,
_________________________________________________________
|Sl No. |Date |Particulars of the |Signature of the Driver |Remarks |
| | |article issued | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
_______________________________________________________
FORM “E” PART-II
Repairs Register of Police Motor Vehicles in the …………..
District Police Office.
___________________________________________________________
|Date |Number of Motor |Name of |Nature of repair or |Estimated |Actual cost (to be |Remarks. |
| |vehicle to be |Driver |replacement required |cost |entered on receipt of | |
| |repairs | | | |the bill) | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
___________________________________________________________
FORM “F”
Summary of chauffeurs Note Book pertaining to Motor Vehicles--------- District Police Office for the month of………………………
Annexure to Financial Code, Voulme-1 Para 23.
|Sl No. |Register No. of the vehicle` |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Left for petition enquiry |Left for Krishnapura to enquire into the petition of Karigowda|
|Left for process service |Left for Kamalapura, Hosahalli Thimmasandra for service of |
| |summons in C.C.76/55 of Ramanagaram F.C.M. Court. |
|Left for beat checking |Left for villages for cheking II Beat. |
|Left for Range Station |Left for the station to report to the Sub-Inspr. Information |
| |in Cr. No. 16/55 and receive further instructions. |
STANDING ORDER No.170
Dated 19th March 1955.
Rules for Standing Guards
Rule 463 of the police Manual, Vol. I prescribes that for all standing guards, printed orders in English and local language shall be hung up in the Guard room & these orders should contain detailed instructions for the guard personnel.
During my inspection of several guards. I have found that the provisions of the above rules have not been followed in many cases. It is essential that detailed instructions for all the Standing Guards should be prepared and a copy hung up in the Guard Room for the guidance of the Guard personnel and also for the information of the inspecting officers. In preparing these rules special attention should be paid to chapter XXXI of the Police Manual. Though mention is not made about special guards, the rules should be on the lines of the Sub-Jail and Treasury Guards only.
A sample of the rules for the Armed Reserve Guard in the Chief Office is appended. The Dist. Superintendents of Police will prepare similar rules to suit local conditions and see that a typed copy of the same in English and neatly written copy of the same in English and neatly written copy in the vernacular language (Kannada, Tamil or Telugu) is hung up in the Guard room.
All Inspecting Officers should check these rules during their inspections.
GUARD ORDERS FOR THEARMED RESERVE POLICE GUARD AT THE OFFICE OF THE INSPECTOR GENERAL OF POLICE OF THE INSPECTOR GENERAL OF POLICE IN MYSORE, NO.2, CENTAPH ROAD BANGALORE-2
1. The strength of the Guard will be …. One havaldar, One Naik & Police Constables and one Bugler,
2. Number of Rifles …….. Five (.303)
3. Number of rounds…… 100 (20 rounds per man)
4. Number of men present by day……… 2 plus 8 …..of the, 2 men will be on their beats, 2 off duty, One plus 4 plus bugler will turn out on arrival of the I.G. of Police paying proper compliments,
5. Number of sentries by day and night…….Two.
By Day and Night.
No.1 sentry will patrol the full extent of the southern half of the building i.e., start from southern Gate down to the end of the southern wall along the Motor Branch.
No.2 sentry will patrol the full extent of the Northern part of the building i.e., start form northern gate down to the end of the northern perimeter along the buildings. The seal of the Stores and Stationary branches should be checked after office hours and nights.
6. Sentries will carry rifles from 6 P.M. to 6 a.m.
7. Period beats.
6. a.m. to 9 a.m. 6 p.m. to 9 p.m.
9 a. m. to 12 noon 9 p.m. to 12 midnight
12 noon to 3 p.m. 12 midnight to 3 a.m.
3 p. m. to 6 p.m. 3 a.m. to 6 a.m.
8. Sentries are responsible to see that the seals area intact and for all Government properties within their beats.
9. The Guard Commander will be responsible for detailing, posting and relieving sentries, He will be responsible also for checking the seals and Govt. buildings. He will be responsible for sentries carrying out their duties as laid down, He will be in charge of the sentry and property book and see that they are properly entered.
10. The Guard Commander will report to Battalion II of any unusual or important occurrences (Telephone-4405)
11. A warning that neglect of Guard Duty will be severely punished.
General Rules.
1. Day duty is from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m.
2. Night duty from 6 p.m. to 6 a. m,
3. Full Guard of 2 plus 8 will be present from 9 p.m. to 6 a.m.
4. Sentry duty will be for a duration of 3 hours. The sentry may leave the guard on completion of his sentry duty for a period equal to the duration of sentry go.
5. From 6 p.m. to 6 a. m the “Nil” gate will be closed and only the “OUT” gate utilized.
6. The guard will be a fully dressed at all times, This will be a weekly guard, unless other wise ordered. The Guard Commander will submit a daily guard report.
7. the Guard Officer and the sentries alone. The rest of the Guard may be permitted to be absent during these hours 6 p.m. the Guard Officer and men on duty between 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. may be sent till 9 p.m. provided that The day duty between 3 p.m. and 6 p.m. may be performed by during their absence, there are besides the sentries who go on duly at 6 p.m. the sentries who were on off duty from 3 to 6 p.m. and an officer in charge of the Guard who may be a Lance Naik or a Senior Constable.
STANDING ORDER No.171
No. S.C/55, Dated 29th March 1955
Inspection of Stores in the Chief Office and D. P. os by a Committee
of Police Officers.
Government Proceedings No.1 3256-8/Pol 80-81 dated 12-5-1905 and S.B. No.129
It has been observed that annual or half yearly inspection of Stores is being conducted in a haphazard manner by a Committee of Officers and never done in the sprit with which such inspection should be gone through, Therefore, the following instructions are issued for the guidance of all concerned.
Inspections should be completed before or immediately after the close of the year/half year and to be conducted on the last tow days or within the 5th of the following month as the case may be.
The Inspecting Officers should examine and check each item of article with reference to the stock on hand noted in the ledgers and should initial every item of transaction and stock to make it certain that they have not left. Out any item unchecked. The required certificate should then be recorded by them.
STANDING ORDER No.173
Dated 31st March 1955.
Regarding the preparation of the Daily S.B. Report by the Central Special Branch for submission to Government, letter No.P. 13482/Pol 259-48-1 dated 22-2-1949 from the Chief Secreatary to Government directs that a consolidated daily S.B. Report complied by the Central S.B. may be sent every day, giving all the important news classified under various headings. The reports for Sunday are not being prepared so far, It is hereby ordered that important items of information received in the Central S.B. should be compiled and sent on Sundays also For this purpose the office in charge of the preparation of the Daily S.B. Reports and one Stenographer by turn will attend to this work and see that the reports reach Government not later that 3 p.m.
2. In order to enable the central S.B. ton send Daily situation Reports to Government on Sunday the District Superintendent of Police will hereafter send their Daily reports of S.B. importance for Saturdays and Sunday also so as to reach the D.I.G. S.B. & I.D. well in time i.e., on Sunday and Mondays respectively. They will send their reports for Saturday by Express Delivery and that for Sunday by affixing Late Fee and Express Delivery Stamp and posting it in the R.M.S. The D. S. Ps of Bangalore North Bangalore South. Bangalore District and Railways, will see that the S.B. Reports for Sunday reach the D .I. G’s Office (S.B) not later that 10 a.m.
STANDING ORDER No.174
No. C2/77/55, Dated 05th April 1955.
Cash seized in Police Stations-To brought to account in Cash Book.
It is noticed that cash seized by Police, is not being brought into account in the Cash Book. This procedure is contrary to Article 4 of the Mysore Financial Code Volume-1, Hence it is ordered as follows.
Whenever cash comes into the hands of a police connected or not connected with a crime under investigation and if it is ordered by the Magistrate to be kept in Police Custody on form No.35 is should be sent to police Inspector for being brought into account in the cash book maintained by him.
STANDING ORDER No.175
Dated 05th Apri1 1955.
Maters to be Published in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette.
At present there is no order prescribing the the matters to be published in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette except Rule Nos535 and 536 of Mysore Police Manual Volume-1, Hence it is here by ordered that the following matters should be published in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette:-
“Efficiency Pointers for S. H. Os”
Part-1
(a) Specialized Crime-Peculiar M.O.
(b Property lost, or stolen & suspicious properties recovered.
(c) Arms. Ammunitions and Explosives lost and recovered
(d) Wanted Persons:-
(1) For Crime (Detachable List)
(2) Deserters
(3) Under Habitual Offenders Restriction Act
(4) Persons Missing.
(e) Persons arrested or traced (Detachable)
(f) Professional convicted Criminals of Interstate or Criminals of any particular importance likely to be released from Jail.
(g) Unidentified Corpses.
(h) Forged Government Currency Notes and Counterfeit Coining.
(i) Notification under the Foreigners Act-Foreigners and Suspects.
(j) Monthly Crime Review
(k) C.I.D. Criminals
(l) Departmental Notices
Part-II
(a) Interesting Cases and Detection
(B) Notes for investigating Officers
(C) Scientific aids to detection
(d) illustrated Supplements.
(e) Miscellaneous (Extracts from Outside Gazettes etc.,)
Part-III
(a) Law Appendix
(b) Prescribed publications
(c) Prescribed Cinematograph Films
(d) Miscellaneous
STANDING ORDER No.178
Dated 11th April 1955.
Working of the District Intelligence Bureaux in the State
In partial modification of the instructions on the working of the District Intelligence Bureaux in the State issued in Chief Office Circular No.8073-CID/51-52 dated 2-4-51, the following instructions are issued for the guidance of the District Superintendent of Police in the matter.
Personal records (or Name Index Cards arranged alphabetically and M.O. Cards arranged Station war) will be maintained in the D.I.B for those criminals whose operations extend beyond their Home Station limits and for others who, on special grounds and with the District Superintendent’s approval, area selected by the Assistant. Superintendent of Police in charge of Sub-Divisions. These will be known will be retained for a period of ten years from the expiry of the last sentence.
For the more important among these card criminals, whose operations area extensive, the District Superintendent will order the maintenance of a History Sheet Dossier in Form No.78-V for professional criminals and for criminals of sufficient importance and they will be called District Criminals (Dossier Criminals) and assigned D.C. numbers of the District by the District Superintendent of Police All Inter District Dossier Criminals on record in a D.I.B. must also be on record in the D.I. Bx of each District wherever they have operated, or to which they change their residence for more than 3 months, irrespective of the fact whether they have committed crime in that District of not. They should also be assigned D.C. numbers of other Districts being entered after the D.C. number assigned in the Home District for reference. The S.H.O. of the Home District shall be responsible for reporting the Conduct and current doings of D. Cs every month, not merely to the Home D.I.B. but also to all the other D.I. Bx. D.I. Bx. Concerned where their Dossiers are maintained.
The C.I.D. in future will discontinue the maintenance of History Sheets of all District criminals and reporting their conduct and current doings in the criminals Intelligence Gazette, unless the D.C. is an Inter State criminal or a dangerous Inter District criminal of sufficient importance in which case he will be called a State criminal and assigned a C.I.D. number. The S. H. Os should continue to report the conduct and current doings of these State criminals every month to the C.I.D. as is being done now.
As regards the Foreign criminals who are residing outside Mysore State and extending their sphere of operation within this State. The DIBx. Concerned should maintain copies of their History Sheets and report the conduct and current doings of these criminals to the C.I.D. once in a month after ascertaining the same from their Home D.I.Bx.
The History Sheet of a C.I.D. (State) criminal will be maintained in the Police Station where he resides for at least such time as the History Sheet Dossier is retained in the C.I.D.
The absence, arrest of change of residence or becoming out of view of any D.C. and removal or inclusion of the name of a D.C. from the list of D. Cs of a District will be published in the District C&O Sheet by the D. I. Bx. concerned and not by the C.I.D. in the criminal Intelligence Gazette as hitherto being done..
All the District Police Superintendents should take immediate action to implement, the above instructions and to publish the list of District criminals of their Districts in their respective C&O Sheets before 1st May 1955 along with the list of O. V. D. Cs as on 1-4-1955.
Similarly the C.I.D. will also publish the list of state C.I.D. criminals before 1-5-1955 together with O.V.C.I.D. criminals as on 1-4-1955 in the criminal Intelligence Gazette.
STANDING ORDER No.181
Dated 13th April 1955.
Maintenance of accounts for the receipt and issue of arms. Ammunitions and accoutrements
At present moment, no proper account is maintained about the receipt and issue of arms, ammunition and accoutrements. The Store Keeper will immediately compile a record showing the receipt, issue and stock on hand for the whole State of Mysore under different categories of arms ammunition and accoutrements. This will be completed before the 14th instant in respect of arms and before the 20th in respect of ammunition and accoutrements.
At the present moment a few ledgers are maintained in a fashion pertaining to arms, ammunition and accoutrements in the State by an Inspector in the MARP. There are no written orders about this. The present orders will regularize it, The Inspector will check up his ledgers and bring them up to date.
With regard to revolvers, I went each revolvers to be accounted for by man to whom it has been handed over. Vice versa, it would be necessary that the name and designation of officers should be indicated and against it the number of the revolver issued should be noted. If it is issued by designation, when an officer is changed concerned person’s acknowledgement should be available.
STANDING ORDER No.182
No. GC 82/CID/55. Dated 19th April 1955.
Photographs-D.I.B. Criminals K.Ds. Period for retaking, Periodical elimination etc.,
Instructions are issued in Chief Office Circular No.8073-C.I.D. 51-52 dated 2nd April 1951, regarding the photographs to be maintained in the District Intelligence Bureaux only for all criminals who have name Index Cards in the District Intelligence Bureau. But there are no rules regarding the photographs of K.Ds. period to which they are to be rephotographed and eliminated. Hence it is hereby ordered as follows:-
2. Rule No.360(1) Mysore Police Manual Volume-1, lays down that History Sheets have to be maintained for all known Depredators, and for suspects as per Rule No.363 Mysore Police Manual Volume – 1 in the Stations, and as per History Sheet Form No.78 V Page No.15 should contain the photograph of the criminal. As such photographs of persons convicted as alid down in Rule No. 360(1) Myosre Police Manual Volume 1 have to be maintained in the Stations, as well as for suspects as laid down in Rule No.363 Mysore Police Manual Volume-1.
3. What area required while photographing the criminals is clearly alid down in the Circular dated 2-4-1951 noted above, It is further added that the dress to be worn by a person when being photographed by the police should be his ordinary everyday attire provided that a professional impersonator may also be photographed in such costume as he has adopted for the purpose of such impersonation.
4. The name and number of the Dossier criminal of the C.I.D. (State) D.I.B. (of Districts) and known Depredators and Suspects of Stations, should be written distinctly on the back of each photograph and nothing should appear by way of name or number on the face of the photographs. Photographs of criminals should be dated and rephotographed every five years.
For this purpose a programme of Rephotographing for the next year should be prepared in the District Intelligence Bureau and sent to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, S.B. & C.I.D. by the end of December of the year. The C.I.D. will review on receipt of the above programme and issue necessary instructions.
It is the duty of the District Intelligence Bureau Sub-Inspector to take photographs of all District criminals K.Ds and suspects of the District concerned. He has to go round to concerned. Taluk Headquarters for photographing the mentioned criminals and the local police must arrange to get the concerned criminals at each Taluk Headquarters for being ph0otographed.
The is a proposal to re-organize the District Intelligence Bureaux should be supplied with aa Camera and the Sub-Inspectors in charge of the District Intelligence Bureaux will be trained in the Photographic Branch of the Scientific Laboratory of C.I.D. for one month. Until the above proposal is sanctioned by Government, the District Superintendent of Police of District must get the photographs of all D.Cs, K.Ds. and suspects, taken, through local photographers after getting the necessary amount sanctioned for the purpose, and maintain them. They should also arrange to send copies of photographs of State criminals wanted by the C.I.D.
5. District Superintendent of police of Districts are requested in future to send a Quarterly progress report on photography of District Intelligence Bureau Criminals in the following statement which should reach the office of the Deputy Inspector General of police S.B. & C.I.D. not later than the 5th of the month following the end of the quarter.
|Total number |Total number of |Number of |Balance of Criminals remaining to be photographed. |
|of criminals |criminals photographed|criminals | |
|to be |up to the end of the |during the | |
|photographed |quarter |month | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | |Present |Jail |Out of View. |
|1 2 3 4 5 6 |
An explanatory note should be given stating why photographs have not been taken for those mentioned in Columns 4 and 5.
6. Photographs-Periodical elimination:-
All photographs will be examined annually and in the absence of special reasons to the contrary those enumerated below withdrawn form record:-
(i) In the case of a person who is a professional pensioner, Note forgerer , Coiner, Arms smuggler or Habitual Offender or a District Criminal or a C.I.D. (State Criminal, on his attaining the age of 80 years or on his death, whichever is earlier, and
(ii) In the case of any other person:-
(a) if he has not more than tow conviction in his native District (not having been convicted outside his native District) and has not, subsequent to his conviction or last conviction, as the case may be, been suspected of crime or convicted, on the expiry of ten years from the data of his release or last release from Jail, as the case may be, or
b) if he has been convicted outside his native District or has more than two convictions in his native District and has not, subsequent to his conviction, as the case may be, been suspected of crime or convicted on the expiry of 15 years from the date of his release or last release from Jail, as the case may be or,
c) on his attaining the age of 80 years, or
d) on his death, whichever is earliest.
STANDING ORDER No.183
No. BC 99/55. Dated 20th April 1955.
Police Lines- Inspection by Officers.
It is noticed that Police lines are not maintained properly. This indicates lack of supervision on the part of officers. Hence it is hereby ordered as follows:
2. As per Rule 128 of the Mysore Police Manual Volume-1 fatigue duty consists of the maintenance of Police Lines in neat and sanitary condition. As per Rule 89 of the police Manual Volume-1 the Police Inspector is responsible for the upkeep of the buildings, In this office No. B.C 151/53-4, dated 2-12-1953, the Police Inspectors are required to maintain a register in the prescribed form and the registers have been supplied to them These rules should be strictly enforced.
3. The police Inspectors during their quarterly inspection should inspect the lines and report the condition of the lines in their Inspection Notes.
4. The District Superintendent of police and the Assistant Superintendent of police also should inspect the lines during their inspections of stations and report the result of inspection in their Inspection Notes. In M.A.R.P the District Superintendent of Police should make a quarterly inspection of the lines and submit a report during the first week succeeding the quarter. This report should be enclosed to the Weakly Report. The two Assistant Superintendent of Police of M.A.R.P will similarly inspect monthly the lines in their respective charge and report the first week succeeding the month enclosing the report to the weekly report.
STANDING ORDER No.186
G2C432/55, Dated 22nd April 1955
Issue of Reminders.
Rule 59 of the Disposal Number system requires the Ministerial head of the Branch or Office, to examine the correspondence and other registers of the Branch or office once a month at least. Between 1st and 3rd to see that reminders are being promptly issued and that there is no undue delay in disposal and for the same purpose, he should examine the bundle of papers pending with each clerk (vide paragraph 12 of the Manual of General Circulars and Standing Orders).
2. Issue of timely reminders on pending references forms an important stage in the disposal of files in every office. At present, there is no system obtaining either in the Chief office or in the subordinate offices in this behalf. The following procedure is therefore prescribed for strict observance in all the offices of the Department.
REMINDERS TO GOVERNMENT.
(I) Reminders to Secretaries to Government should be sent regularly between 1st end 5th of each month in respect of each one of the references dispatched from the Chief Office on or before the 20th of the preceding month, followed by similar reminders each month, till the Government order is received.
(ii) In accordance with Government order No.AD18445-525/SE 80-54-1 dated 12-2-1955 (from the Chief Secretary to Government) and letter No. HA.7562/Pol dated 4-3-1955 from the Secretary to Government Home Department Bangalore a consolidated list of cases pending in the Secretariat should be sent to the concerned secretaries to Government by the 10th of each month (copy of Government orders enclosed)
3. Reminders to subordinate and co-ordinate officers should issue regularly once a fortnight i.e., on the 1st and 15th of each month. If no reply is received from the sub-ordinate offices for three successive reminders, the fact should be put up to the Inspector General of Police along with a draft asking for reply within a specified time. D.O. reminders should straightaway issue under the signature of the Head quarters. Assistant to the Inspector General of Police if the reply is not received with the stipulated period.
4. The Deputy Inspector General of Police and District Superintendent of Police will send a consolidated list of references pending in Chief Office within the 10th each month. Deputy Inspector General of Police and the Head Quarters Assistant will see that these instructions are strictly carried out in their respective office.
Official Memorandum No.AD.18445-525/S.E.80-54-1 dated 12th February 1955 from the Chief Secretary to the Government of Mysore Bangalore.
Quick disposal of work pending in the secretariat and with the Heads of Departments.
In modification of Official Memorandum No AD5254-353/O.E. 55-52-1 dated 30-4-1952 the Deputy Commissioners of District Heads of Departments and other officers who correspond directly with Government are requested to send monthly, a list of cases pending in the Secretariat and in their respective Departments. These lists may be sent direct to the concerned Secretaries to Government.
(2) Letter No. H. A. 7562/Pol dated 4th March 1955 from the Secretary to Government Home Department, to the Inspector General of Police in Mysore Bangalore.
Quick disposal of work pending in the Secretariat and with the Heads of Departments
Yours letter No.ADS.71/55, dated 24-2-1955.
I am directed to inform you that the list of pending reference relating to Home Department may be sent by tenth of each month.
STANDING ORDER No.187
No.C1-128/55, dated 7th April 1955.
The following instructions are issued to stop the loud speaker nuisance so widely prevalent.
1. The responsibility of stopping the loud speakers shall rest squarely on the Station Sub-Inspector, who will be the Unit.
2. The number of Licenses for loud speakers could as far as possible be limited without causing difficulties for ceremonies.
3. It is brought to notice that some hotels have got some kind of loud speakers licensees from the postal Department. The legal aspect of this is contained in the opinion attached.
4. Such of those Hotels Keepers who make loud noise should be asked to produce the authority for it, If he produces the license under clause (3) above the legal aspect, explained above will be brought to play. Such of those who are not having licenses should be straight off placed under defiance before the court.
5. Loud speakers for ceremonies:-
It will be unnecessary for interfering to the extent of stopping music in the midst of ceremony as it is likely to have for – reaching effects in relation to the sentiments and rites. Consequently, it will be proper that a Sub-Inspector (not below that rank ordinarily) calls aside an important member of the family and tells him that the sound might be decreased in volume. In consonance with the terms of the Licence. The next day notice should be served and prosecution launched in the usual course. If the terms of the licensees are infringed.
6. Place of Worship:-
Care should be taken that the Sub-Inspector personally goes into the matter and it necessary. takes instructions from his superiors in taking action. Licences for loud speakers in place of worship should be ordinarily very rare.
7. On other occasions the Sub-Inspector should see that the terms of the Licences are enforced rigorously.
8. Whenever Licence is granted special steps should be taken to communicate to the local Police either by Memo or by Telephone of the same with the entry in the Message Book.
Para 3 of Instructions issued by the Inspector General of Police of the meeting of the Police Officers of Bangalore North and south on 21-4-55 re: the use of loud speakers.
The postmaster General Madras Circle has been issuing under Indian Telegraph Act 1885, licenses to establish a Wireless Receiving Station (Commercial Broadcast Receiver) on a payment of the fee of Rs.50/- for one year. Extra loud speakers are also authorized to be used on payment of additional fee of Rs.10/- for one loud speaker.
Condition 13 of the said license states that this license dose not authorize the licensee to do any act which is contrary to any rule made by a competent authority regulating musical or other performances or noises in the area in which the Wireless Station is established, Hence it is clear that the issue of a license for a loudspeaker by the postmaster General under Indian Telegraph Act does not in any way cone into conflict with the operation of the relevant sections of the police Act.
STANDING ORDER No.188
No.C3-154/55, dated 4th May 1955.
Check up licensed fire arms
Rule No.12 of the Rules for the maintenance of arms License Registers and the grant and renewal of Licenses reads as follows:-
It will be incumbent on the S.H.O. and police Inspector to check periodically the licenses and arms and to see that the latter answer the description given in the Arms License Register and that no substitution has occurred.
It is noticed that the periodical checking’s made as per this rule are not uniform, systematic and effective. The reason being that the superior officers have no means to scrutinize this work and that there are no orders prescribing the period of checking and the manner of checking. Hence it is hereby ordered as follows:
All the licensed arms other than revolvers and pistols have to be inspected at the licensees residences preferably by surprise visits of Police officers of a rank not below that of an officer-in-charge of a Police Station twice annually once in the first quarter after the renewal of licenses and again in the third quarter just prior to the renewal as far as possible. The dates of inspections should be noted under the appropriate date of renewal. It is further ordered that in the two halves of the sheets in the register which contain one printed page number not more than 4 names will be entered. Any matter of importance should be taken to the notice of the District Magistrate.
All licensed revolvers and Pistols have to be inspected in the first quarter of each year by an officer not below the rank of a Police Inspector at the licensees residences along with the check of other arms. The result of such inspections should be reported to the District Superintendent of Police as in the case of arms other than revolvers and pistols. The District Superintendent of Police should report the result of the inspection to the respective District Magistrates for taking necessary steps with regard to any irregularities brought to notice.
STANDING ORDER No.189
dated 7th May 1955.
Petty cases under Motor Vehicles Act and Rules.
It is noticed that the subordinate staff do not know their powers under the Motor Vehicles Act and rules and that petty cases are being launched directly by the outpost Daffendars without verification by the Sub-Inspector. This gives scope for the abuse of power. Hence it is hereby ordered as follows:-
A tabular statement of powers granted to the police Officers of the various ranks under the Indian Motor Vehicles Act and the rules framed hereunder is enclosed to this standing order for information and guidance. The petty cases charged under the Motor Vehicles Act and the Rules by the DAffedars should be duly verified before placing the same to the Court.
Powers granted to the Police officers under the Indian Motor Vehicles Act and the rules framed there under.
|Designation of the officer |Relevant section of the Indian Motor |Brief description of the power |
| |Vehicles Act or the rules framed there | |
| |under | |
|1. |Any Police officer |Sec, 86 clause (1) of |Power to demand the production of driver’s licence. |
| |In uniform |the Act | |
| | | |(Sec. 86 clause (3) & proviso of the same section are |
| | | |important and have to be studied carefully) |
| | |Sec 89 (b) of the Act |Power to demand information in case of accident and injury |
| | | |insurance. |
| | |Sec. 106 of the Act |Power to demand the production of the certificate of |
| | | |insurance. |
| | |Rule 223 M,M.V. Rules |Power in demand production of conductor’s of Insurance |
| | |Rule 241 Rule |Power to demand production of driver’s and conductors badge. |
| | |Rule 272 |Power of inspection of a Public service vehicle. |
| |1 |2 | 3 |
|1 |Police officers of |Rule 88 Rule |Power of inspection of the register of Trade certificates |
| |and above the rank | | |
| |of Sub-inspector | | |
| | |Rule 89 Rule |Power of inspection of the duplicate copy of the register of|
| | | |Trade certificate. |
| | |Rule 178 Rule |Power to demand the surrender of permit which has become |
| | | |illegible |
| | |Rule 182 Rule |Power to demand the production of permit. |
| | |Rule 189 Rule |Power to inspect the entries in the goods vehicle record |
| | | |while in the custody of driver. |
| | |Rule 190 Rule |Power to inspect the entries in the goods vehicles record |
| | | |while in the custody of permit holder. |
| | |Rule 197 (clause iii) |Power to demand production of counter foils of tickets |
| | | |issued by the conductor permit holder. |
| | |Rule 258 (clause iii) |Power to inspect the trip register while in the custody of |
| | | |permit holder. |
| | |Rule 272 Rule |Power to inspection of goods vehicles and their contents. |
| | |Sec. 73 of the Act Rule 431 and 426 |Power to have weighed goods vehicles. |
| | |of M.M.V. Rules | |
| | |Rule 432 Rule |Power to demand production of registration certificates. |
| | |Sec. 88 of the Act Rule 433 of Rules|Power to demand information from owner of motor vehicle the |
| | | |driver of which is accused of any offence under the Act. |
| | |Sec. 90 of the Act Rule 434 of Rules|Power to remove explosive from vehicle. |
| | |Rule 457 |Power to inspect transport vehicles. |
|III |Police officers of |Rule 98 Rule |Power to inspector transport vehicles. |
| |and above the rank | | |
| |of inspector | | |
|IV |Dist. Supdt. of |Rule 99 Rule |Power to restrict the use of unsafe vehicles power to cancel|
| |Police |… 102,,, |or suspend the certificate of fitness. |
| |Dist. Supdt. of |Sec. 33 of the Act Rule 71 of Rules.|Power to suspend the Registration Certificate |
| |police (if | | |
| |authorized by the | | |
| |Registering | | |
| |authority) | | |
|POWERS OF ARREST |
|1 |Any police officer |Sec.1283 of the Act (clauses 1, 2, |Power to arrest without warrant any person who commits in |
| |in Uniform |&3). |his view offences u/s 116 or 117 or 126 of the Act. |
| | | |Power to arrest without warrant any person who refuses to |
| | | |give him name and address or who gives a name and address |
| | | |which the Police officer knows them, to be false. |
| | | |Power to arrest without warrant a driver who is concerned |
| | | |or reasonably suspected to have been concerned in any |
| | | |offence under the Act. If there is reason to believe that he|
| | | |is likely to abscond or avoid the service of summons. |
|II |Police Officer |Sec. 129 of the Act |Power of Police officer to impound document in certain |
| |authorized by Govt. | |cases. |
|III |Police officer |Sec. 129 of the Act |Power to detain vehicles used without a permit or |
| |authorized in this | |certificate of registration. |
| |behalf. | | |
STANDING ORDER No.190
Dated 9th May 1955.
Measures to check the use of false and un-certified measures.
Attention of all the Police officers is drawn to sections 264 to 267 IPC and sections 3. 5 and 6 of the Weights and Measures Act 1902 as amended by Act Nos. 1X of 1927 and XLI X of 1943 for strict enforcement. Further it is ordered as follows:-
Police Officers on duty in shanties. Bazaars and jars where false weights and measures are likely to be used should be on the look out for them and take action under sections 264 to 267 IPC.
Sections 3 of the Weights and Measures Act has been extended to the entire State from 1-10-1954 in Government Notification No.SR.3243 W & M. 5-54-3 dated 20-7-1954. Use of uncertified measures contrary to this section are punishable under section 5 and 6 of the Act. In the first instance public should be appraised to use certified measures and weights, both directly and through the Village police Necessary help should be rendered to the Inspector of Weights and measures. Prosecutions should be launched against those who fail to get their weights and measures certified before use in spite of being appraised and the Inspector of Weights and Measures being available for certifying the same.
STANDING ORDER No.193
No.90/Pbn/55 Dated 11th May 1953.
Measures to check opium smuggling.
A copy of the note on the smuggling of opium received with letter No.37/173/54 Police III dated 15-12-1954 from the Deputy Secretary to the Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs New Delhi and copy of letter No. A3-2055/54-55 dated 3-3-1955 from the Excise Commissioner in Mysore instructing Excise officers to Co-operate with Police in this matter are herewith enclosed for information and strict guidance. The following instructions are issued for the efficient detection and prevention of opium smuggling.
1. The S.H.Os. should educate their staff in the matter of detection and prevention of opium smuggling as per India Government Note on smuggling and instructions issued in this Standing order. In particular they must be acquainted with the identity and the small of opium.
2. The trainees in P.T.S. should be similarly educated.
3. Since Mysore State is indicated to be one of the dumping centers special steps must be taken to prevent smuggling.
4. Opium eaters. Opium smokers and opium smugglers including suspects should be listed out. History sheets should be maintained for them and their movements should be closely watched. Every member of the staff of the Station should own a list of such persons.
5. Staff on date at Railway station platforms. Moving trains, bus stands and Aerodrome should be specially instructed to watch for smugglers keeping in view the various modes of smuggling enumerated in India Government note.
6. In very District half yearly meeting of Police and Excise officers should be held to exchange intelligence and discuss matters pertaining to this subject. The meetings may be held in June and December every year. The proceedings should be submitted to this office.
7. Chief Office will put up this subject for discussion during the annual meetings of the State Gazetted Officers and border officers in June every year under previous intimation to the officer attending the meeting of the state Gazetted Officers and border officers in June every year under previous intimation to the officers attending the meeting.
8. The visit of cars referred to the India Government note should be arranged to be watched. Every member of the Staff should be used for smuggling.
9. Radio, telephone and telegraph communications may be used freely to pursue the cars and persons suspected to be engaged in smuggling.
10. The C.I.B. at Chief Office should maintain copies of history sheets of the smugglers and the list of cars used for smuggling. It should also arrange for watching the inter-district and inter –state smugglers and the cars used by them.
11. The Inspecting officers during their visits and inspections of stations should catechize the staff as to their knowledge on this branch of work and review the work done.
12. The D. S. Ps. should send a monthly statement in the following proforma to reach this office on or before 10th of every month regarding the work done in this branch.
Monthly Statement of cases of Opium smuggling
For the month of……………………………District..................
|Sl No | |Brief facts of the |Remarks |
| |Station Section |Case with particulars | |
| |& Cr. No. of Law |Of accused & opium | |
| | |Seized | |
Note:- The progress of the cases of previous month should be reported
separately in the monthly statement.
Measure to check smuggling of opium
I am directed to say that the Intelligence Bureau have prepared a note on opium smuggling in the country. A copy of this note which was compiled after a study of the problem in vicarious States and after examination of date supplied by the Narcotics Bureau, is attached. The note shows the nature and extent of the problem of opium smuggling and some suggestions are given as to how-to deal with it, I am to suggest that the State Government night kindly consider the desirability of issuing instructions on the lines suggested in the note to the authorities concerned in the prevention of smuggling. A copy of those instructions may also kindly be forwarded to this Ministry for information.
NOTE ON THE SMUGGLING OF OPIUM.
Opium is grown in some of the districts of Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Bharat and Rajasthan Under Act XIII of 1857 (The opium Act of India) its cultivation is strictly restricted to only those persons who have obtained licences from District Opium Officers. Cultivators area bound by law to sell all the opium collected by them to their District staff, are entrusted with the Superintendence of opium cultivation. On account of the large areas, cultivating more land than that specified in the Government cannot be ruled out. Government purchases opium from cultivators at the rate of Rs.30/-to 33/- per seer, whereas illicit traffickers pay at the rate of Rs.60/- to Rs.100/- per seer,
2. Opium is smuggled out from the poppy growing regions to several parts of India where there is demand, The main illicit markets in the country for opium are:-
(i) the major parts of Bombay and Calcutta. With their industrial
areas.
(ii) The States of Assam and Bombay where total prohibition has been introduced, and a part of Madras State which has partial prohibition.
(iii) The north-west group of states i.e., the Punjab, Pepsu, and Delhi, and western districts of Rajasthan.
On account of the total prohibition of opium in Assam and Bombay the demand in these States is the heaviest. The illicit price of opium ranges from Rs.400/- to Rs.1,000/- per seer in India, and it is so near the price of opium in other countries. That smugglers have smugglers have no incentive to smuggle opium to foreign countries. Casual smuggling of opium out of India mostly by the Pakistani and Chinese grew of merchant vassals takes place through Calcutta, Madras, Vizagapatnam, Bombay and other jetties to Ceylon, Singapore, Malaya and Hong Kong etc. this is a batter trade in which Indian smugglers receive a valuable commodity like gold from their foreign counter-parts so that they may find a ready market for it in India.
3. Internal smuggling has assumed rather serious proportions in the last few years. The trend of illicit traffic may be analyzed under the following heads:-m
(i) Supply Centers.
(ii) Dumping Centers.
i) Dumping Centers.
The important places of supply of contraband opium to the smugglers are Ujjain, Shamgrah, Mahidpur, Mahidpur Road, Jhalawar Road, Ramganj. Mandi, Jaora Mandsaur, Chttorgarh Road, Ratlam, Agar, Garath, Neemuch and Devas in Madhya Bharat and Rajasthan, Patiala, Sunam-sangrur, Samra Mandi, and Samsarwal in Pepsu Ludiana, Amala Jullandur, Simal and Armritser in Punjab, Rampur, Bareilly, Shahjahenpur, Banaras, Ghazipur, Azamarh, and Ballia in Uttar Pradeshl and Rajgarh, Rainka, Rampur and pehru in Himachal Pradesh.
ii) Dumping Centers:-
It is not possible for the gangs engaged in smuggling of opium to supply opium to their customers or addicts living at long distances whenever it is needed, For convenience, and for their own security, these gangs select some places, which are centrally situated for the movement of opium, and where it will be safe for them to stock the contraband, The technique generally adopted by these gangs is to exploit the weakness in the preventive machinery of the place chosen as a dumping centre, and to stock the contraband secretly, in a cavity of one of the walls of a godown or house. The parching or covering of the cavity is so skillfully done that a casual observe is unable to detect it It is suspected that Delhi, Hyderabad and Mysore are used as dumping centers for where the contraband is generally sent to the States of West Bengal, Assam Madras, Andhra Bombay and Madhya Pradesh. At times these centers also provided opium to foreign smugglers.
4. After the raw opium is purchased from farmers by the agents of big smugglers it is manufactured by the latter into slabs or pellets. Which are wrapped in oil paper and sewn in oil cloth. The opium is then concealed. Various ingenious methods having been devised for this purpose. As the small of opium is strong and easily detectable, perfumes naphthalene balls and so on are used to conceal its small.
5. Smuggling of opium takes place by rail road or canal and river, depending on the area to which it is to be supplied. Smuggling by railway is done through the medium of parcels opium is usually concealed between layers of commodities and cannot easily be detected. the most favored method is to smuggle opium in the personal luggage of dignified looking and well dressed passengers. Traveling in upper classes of Railway trains. The contraband is concealed in secret chambers built in trunks suit-cases, water bottles buckets etc., hollow frames of furniture, radio sets etc., Lese frequently women carriers wearing loses skirts are employed, and opium to the extent of 6 to 8 seers is tied round their waist under the skirt The Madhya Bharat and Rajasthan Smugglers generally carry the contraband concealed in secret chambers of cars, which are registered under different names, and he occupants are so well dressed and behave so confidently, that a Constable or a Head Constables on road barrier duty does not ordinarily sum on up courage to question their bona-fides. Occasionally the number plates of the cars are change on route to escape detection. The following cars are suspected to be frequently used in smuggling opium from Madhya Bharat and Rajasthan.
|MBK 477 |MBT 1349 |MBJ 1346 |BMJ 1339 |
|MBJ 1359 |MBC 858 |MBC 279 |MBH 1072 |
|MBK 1175 |MBK 1984 |MBK 1775 |MBH 1072 |
|MBI 1483 |MSM 1151 |MBH 1128 |MBZ 4948 |
|MBK 2148 |MBI 1886 |MBK 1887 |MBK 771 |
|MBK 2148 |MBI 1896 |MBC 1881 |MSZ 410 |
|And MDN 3005. | | | |
In some cases contraband opium is securely packed in parcels containing other goods and sent by air,
6. The routes generally taken by road smugglers are:
Bombay-Agra Road.
Kotah-Delhi-Ajmer Road
Indore-Dhulia –Bombay Road and
Ajmer-jaipur-Delhi Road.
The rail heads are:
Ratlam, Jjjain, Indore Mhow, Khandwa Bina Bhopal Kotah, Bharatpur Chittorarh Ajmer, and Marwar Junction.
7. By an international convention the Government of India area committed to the policy of restricting opium opium cultivation to Medicinal or Scientific by 1959 and therefore from 1949 they have applied a progressive cut of 10. P.C. annually in the cultivation of opium however, continues to be in demand with two types of addicts., Viz., those who eat opium and those who smoke opium opium smoking is generally prohibited and only have registered as opium spellers milder a ,educe; certificates before 30-9-53 are permitted to smoke opium in extremely limited quantities.
8. The process reduction in the supply of opium has given an impetus to illicit traffic within the country. The following statement is illustrative of the fact that offences pertaining to opium are on the increase.
OPIUM SMOKING OFFENCES,
|Year |No. of offences |Qty of opium |No. of parsons |
| |Registered |Involved |Involved. |
| |Srs. |Totals |Gr. |
|1952 |784 |17 |12 |146 |1615 |
|1953 |1552 |24 |65 |69 |2545 |
OPIUM OFFENCES,
|Year |No. of offences |Qty of opium |No. of parsons |
| |Registered |Involved |Involved. |
| |mds. |Srs. |Total |
___________________________________________________________
|1952 |4310 |166 |11 |30 |4180 |
|1953 |6341 |155 |9 |50 |9361 |
___________________________________________________________
9. In the interest of the country it is necessary that the police should help in every way the authorities concerned with the suppression of illicit trafficking in opium. We are confident that if the provisions of the opium Act of India 1878 the Dangerous Drugs Act of 1930 & the prohibition Act (in the States where there is prohibition of opium) and any other pertinent State legislations are properly applied, the smuggling of opium can be stepped. What is really wanted is a concerted drive against all known smugglers, we therefore request that necessary instructions may kindly be issued to the police in your State for special attention to check smuggling in narcotics.
10. It is further suggested that instructions may be issued on the Police officers of the State:-
i) Proper watch at railway stations, road junctions, bus stops, canals aerodromes and any other points of communication used by smugglers.
ii) police of all ranks should be able to identify opium and should know their powers under the various Acts in this respect. Officers may be informed of the methods and routes used by smugglers and the action that should be taken against them.
iii) proper and expeditious investigation of all opium cases which the police may detect, or which are handed over to the police for investigation and their prompt prosecution.
iv) Rendering of immediate assistance to the officers of their department, such as Narcotics Excise and prohibition which the police are legally required to give, in the pretension and detection of opium offences.
v) watch on know smugglers.
vi) Close liaison and co-operation with the departments of excise prohibition, Narcotics by arranging meetings and a channel of correspondence.
vii) Communication of the information, which the police are unable to work out to any of the departments mentioned ata serial number
STANDING ORDER No.194
Dated 20th May 1955.
Station writers Entry of their movements in the S.H.D.
It is noticed that the Station writers come to stations and leave as they please and there has been no check on them Attention is invited to my Standing orders 36 and 147 for strict guidance. Their arrival at and the departure from the Station should be recorded in the S.H.D. They should invariable attend the station in uniform.
The Arrival and departure of Daffedars also should be similarly recorded in the S.H.D. the S.H.O. is the officer in charger of the station at the time will record the entries.
STANDING ORDER No.195
No.A4C.127/55, Dated 7th May 1955.
Use of Motor vans for the enforcement of prohibition
The rules for the use of staff cars. Police vans station wagons, jeeps and Motor cycles of the Department are as per G.O. No. H. A. 1574.Pol dated 1-7-54 and is incorporated in Standing order No.162 published as detachable supplement in Mysore police Gazette dated 2-4-1955.
As the above rules do not make mention of the use of vans specially allotted to some districts for the enforcement of prohibition Act. The following rules are issued to supplement the above order.
The vans should not be used ordinarily for any purpose other than those for the enforcement of prohibition Act.
The entries in the log book should indicate the place raided and the particulars of the party conveyed.
These instructions should be rigidly followed.
STANDING ORDER No.196
Dated 19th May 1955.
Rules for loaning the services of the Government Orchestras.
Name:- The Mysore police Band has been styled as the Government Orchestra according to G.O. No. HB.3897-904/Mily. 30-54-2 dated 30-8-1954.
Strength :- The Government Orchestra is divided into two
Groups :- i) English Band
ii) Indian Orchestra (Karnatic Band)
The Strength of the English Band is as follows:-
|Assistant Director |1 |
|Voilinists |2 |
|Lance Naiks |2 |
|Naik |1 |
|Musicians |43 |
|Sergeant |1 |
|Tuner |1 |
|Jamadar |1 |
|Orderlies |2 |
|Orderilies |1 |
|Dhoby |1 |
|Barber |1 |
|Clerk |1 |
| | |
| |57 |
The Strengh of the Indian Orchestra (Karnatic Band) is as follows:-
|Instructor & Karnatkc Band Master |1 |
|Indian Orchestra Musicians |15 |
| Karnatkc Band Musicians |10 |
_____
26
The existing total strength of the two groups is 83 and this staff is working under the District Superintendent of Police M.A.R.P. Palace Guards. Mounted Company, Mysore.
Purpose:- The English Band is divided into
a) Synmphony Orchestra-which is played for inside functions i.e., Garden parties and Dance and
b) Military Band-which is played for inside functions & parade, Guard of Honour etc.,
The Indian Orchestra is played for inside functions & the Karnatic Band for outside functions.
Duties:- The duties of the personnel of the Government Orchestra are as follows:-
|Morning parade |7.A.M. to 8 A.M |
|Practice |8-30.A.M. to 11-30 A.M |
|Practice for recruits |3 to 4 P.M. |
Engagements:- The Government Orchestra is being detailed for :-
(a) Government functions-as per instructions from the Inspector General of Police to the District Superintendent of Police M.A.R.P. Palace Guards. Mounted Coy. Mysore, Whenever indents are received direct from the Secretariat, the I.G.P. should be appraised of the same and his prior orders obtained for the deputation of the Orchestra personnel, In cases of urgency when there is not sufficient time to obtain prior sanction of the I.G.P. the orders of the Deputy Inspector General. of Police Mysore may be obtained and the personnel deputed for the purpose the fact being immediately intimated to the I.G.P. The register Mysore Govt. Secretariat and the Huzur Secretary to H.H. the Rajpramukh have to address the I.G.P. in the matter and not the District Superintendent of Police M.A.R.P. palace Guards Mounted Coy. Mysore
(b) For functions at the palace and at functions organized by the Municipalities and corporate bodies and other public institutions in accordance with the conditions stipulated in Para (a) above.
(c) Playing music in the Cities and District Head Quarters. Towns in accordance with G.O. No. H.B. 5282-4/Mily, 47-51-53, dated 22/23-9-1953 for entertaining the public the programe being approved by the I.G.P. in advance.
The prpgramme should be sent by the District Supdt. of Police M.A.R.P. place Guards, Mounted Coy., Mysore at least 15 prior to cover all placates in an official year as specified in the Govt. order dated 22/23-9-1953.
Charges:- The charges for T.A. and D.A. on account of deputation of the Band personnel for Government functions will be met out of the grants of the Department.
Dress:- The personnel of the Government Orchestra will wear full dress uniform on occasions presided over by Highness the Rajpramukh of Mysore, or by the Chief Minister to the Government of Mysore.
On other occasions, Khaki uniform will be used.
STANDING ORDER No.197
No.12/ARMS/55, Dated 20th May 1955.
Distribution of Government Revolvers among the officers of the Department.
It is noticed that the distribution of Government Revolvers among the officers is not properly made nor the returns of acknowledgements obtained form each one to whom the weapon is issued.
The District Superintendent of Police will obtain acknowledgements for all the revolvers pertaining to his District on a half yearly basis in a form suitable for the purpose in line with the Performa given by me. The District Superintendent of Police should send a report to this office with a review once a year so as to reach here by the 15th of January each year in the Performa attached.
The officers entitled to use Government Revolvers are:-
|1 |IGP and DIGs numbering |4 |
|2 |DSPs |22 |
|3 |ASPs |28 |
|4 |Inspector in charge of Taluks and Circle |87 |
|5 |Sub-Inspectors in charge of Police Stations |182 |
|6 |Inspectors and Sub-Inspector in SB & CID including those on security duty |85 |
|7 |Traffic Inspectors Sub-Inspectors and Sergeants |27 |
|8 |Inspectors Subedars Major and Subedars in the Armed Reserve |108 |
|9 |Jamedars/Head Constables in charge of Stations |5 |
|10 |Gunmen with Ministers |18 |
________
566
________
It is proposed to issue all officers with 380 bore Revolvers, so that there will be a uniformity in the type of revolver used by the Department. For this purpose separate orders will be issued regarding the withdrawal of all 455 bore revolvers now held in some District.
Some of the prosecuting Officers are also using Government revolvers at present. These weapons must be withdrawn.
It is reported that gunmen on security work below the rank of Subedar have also been issued with Revolvers Such gunmen should be given training in the use of Revolvers immediately, These Officers must generally use the Revolvers only when they are on duty kept in their respective Offices. This should not be treated as an excuse by any Officer who is on emergency duty especially the gunmen or men on S.B. duty.
Performa
Name of District
Annual return due on 15th January of each year.
|Sl No |Name Designation Station |Description of revolver, bore |Remakes |
| | |No. stamped on the weapon | |
I certify the above details are correct.
Dist. Supdt. of Police
District.
STANDING ORDER No.201
No.C2-241/58, Dated 3rd May 1955.
O. V. B. Cs. and Ex-convicts Steps to trace them.
1. During my inspection of stations, it is noticed that no steps are being taken to trace the O. V. B. Cs. and that no abstract of lists of O. V. ex-convicts are maintained in the stations. This has resulted in loose control over the activities of criminals and poor detection. Hence it is hereby ordered as follows.
2. Whenever B. Cs. become O.V., O.V. cards should be dispatched immediately as per Rule 299 (3) of the Police Manual Vol. No.1 Intelligent Constables should be deputed to trace them by keeping watch over their associates and at the place they are likely to visit or operate. Informants should be set through the relatives and associates of the B. Cs.
3. Similar steps should be taken to trace the O.V. Ex-convicts also. As per Rule 363 of the Police Manual Volume-1 ex-convicts are required to be checked once a year and entries as to their present conduct are required to be noted in the cheek register of persons entered in the General conviction register, maintained in Form No. 81 as per Rules 369 (2) of the police Manual Vol.1. The Checking and the entries referred to in Rule 368 and 369 should be done by the Sub-Inspector himself. This does not prevent others also checking ex-convict though it need not to be entered in the said register. In the case of ex-convicts convicted in other station limits the result of checking should be communicated to the latter station also.
4. At the end of the Check register in Form nO.81 an abstract in the
In the following form should be put up for showing monthly progress of O.V. ex-convicts traced Inspecting Officers during their visits to the stations should check up the progress and deal with the Sub-Inspector If there is any slackness in tracing the O. Vs. whether concerned in a case or not and thus encouraged to do good work.
PROFORMA
Abstract of the Ex-convicts for the month of
|Total |In jail |Present |No O.Vs |No. O.V. |
| |Good Bad |Doubtful |On 1st |At the end |
| | | |Jan. |Of the month |
1 2 3 4 5
|No. traced during the month |No. traced from 1st January |Remarks of the Inspecting Officers. |
6 7 8
Notes:- Separate statements should be put up for locals and outsiders. The statement with respect to out-sides should be based on the information received from the concerned sub-Inspectors as referred to in para-3 of this S.O.
STANDIN ORDER No.202
Dated 2nd June 1955.
Salutes to Police Officers & magistrates
It is noticed that there is no uniformity in the matter of saluting by the police officers. Hence it is ordered as follows:-
1. Police officers will salute when passing, addressing or being spoken to by Police Officers senior to them in rank
2. Subordinate Police officers in uniform will salute all gazetted officers of the police Department.
3. When a Police officer passes another officer entitled to a salute he will salute Three Paces before reaching him, turning his head and eyes towards the officer he is saluting and will lower the hand on the third pace after passing him. He need not half for the purpose of saluting.
4. Subordinate Police officers in uniform will salute all Magistrates when the latter are on magisterial duty.
5. A Police officer, if standing still when an Officer entitled to a salute passes, will turn towards officer is two paces from hi, he will rise, stand to attention and salute When a subordinate addresses or is addressed by a superior officer he will halt two paces from him and then salute, making a pause between the first and second motions, He will also salute before withdrawing.
6. If the nature of the duty, such as regulating traffic, etc., or other special circumstances make it difficult or inconvenient a Police officer will not be required to salute unless spoken to by a person entitled to be saluted.
7. Attention is drawn to Standing order No.16 dated 8-7-1954 for strict guidance. Police Officers must salute even when they are without head dress.
8. Subordinate police officers when cycling (pedal or motor ) and driving a motor vehicle can salute only if they can do so without any risk. Otherwise they will look straight forward and proceed.
9. When a Senior Officer enters a room at a police Station or class room the men in the room will stand to attention while the senior most will call them to attention and salute.
10. Any police officer who is saluted will smartly acknowledge the salute,
11. Ceremonial parade:- When the command General Salute present arms, at a ceremonial parade is given and the National anthem is not played, all Police officers present, but not on parade will stand to attention until the order “Slope Arms” is given When however, the National Anthem is played, all officers of and above the rank of sub-Inspector not on parade will salute Other non Gazetted Officers will stand to attention without saluting.
12. Public occasions:- When police are posted for street lining or bandobust duty on public occasions officers of and above the rank of Inspector will salute the distinguished personages for whom boandobust is made. Police officers the rank of Inspector will not salute. But will stand to attention only. The men and office on all bundobust duties i.e., for high personages, special accessions as Dasara Festivities etc. should however salute the State Police officers who are their superiors.
STANDING ORDER No.203
Dated 17th June 1955.
Measures to check over-load in private buses and indifference exhibited by the Police Officer.
It has come to notice that the subordinate Police officers are not effectively preventing the over – load of passengers in buses and that they are in the habit of traveling in over-loaded buses and claiming front seat in preference to the passengers already seated there. This state of affairs is most reprehensible. Hence it is hereby ordered as follows:-
The Gazetted Officers must check buses by surprise, selecting particular days and times when there will be heavy traffic. By checking the tickets it can be discovered from where the bus is over-loaded with passengers. The Station House officers of the Stations through which the bus passed should be dealt with for not discovering the over-load. Further if frequent over-loads are discovered in the particular area the concerned jurisdictional Police Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors should be dealt with as it will then be evident that they are not checking the buses and the bus owners are over-loading with impunity.
If any police officer is traveling his ticket must be checked. Strict instructions should be issued to police Inspectors and sub inspectors not to demand the front seat by making the passenger already seated in the front seat get down and occupy the back seat. Complaints if any received in this matter should be enquired into very promptly.
STANDING ORDER No204.
No.C4 129/55 Dated 23rd June 1955.
Steps to check use of Auto-rickshaw emitting smoke harmful to Public.
It is noticed that Autorikshas in the Bangalore Corporation Area are not running in perfect condition Most of them emit smoke, visible vapor and oil harmful to public.
The provision of law in this matter is as follows
Chapter V Rule 277 of the M.V. & R.T. Rules 1945 No. person shall use and no person shall cause or allow to be used or to be used and not person shall cause of allow to be used or to be in any public place any Motor vehicle which does not comply with the Rules contained in this chapter, or with any order hereunder made by competent authority
Chapter V Rule 305:- Every Public Service vehicle shall be so constructed and used that no avoidable smoke, visible vapor, oil or harmful substance is emitted.
Chapter V Rule 337:- Every Public Service vehicle and all parts hereof including paint work or varnish, shall be maintained in a clean and sound condition, and the engine mechanism and all working parts in reliable working order
Section 32 (I) of the Motor Vehicle Act 1939 “ A registering authority or other prescribed authority, which has reason to believe that nay motor vehicle within its jurisdiction is in such a condition that its use in a public, place would constitute a danger to the public, or that it fails to comply with the require months of chapter V or of the rules made there under, may after giving the owner an opportunity of making any representation he may wish to make for reasons to be recorded in writing suspend the certificate of registration of the vehicle until the defects are remedied to its satisfaction”
Rule:- 98: All transport vehicle shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any police Officer not below the rank of the Police Inspector.
Rule-99: If the authority making the inspection considers that the vehicle is unsafe for ordinary use on the road he shall record his reasons in form (19) and communicate them in writing to the owner if he is in the vehicle and if not to the Driver Subject to the previsions or Rule 100 the vehicle shall not be used thereafter in a public place except for the purpose of being driven for inspection after repair until the defects have been repaired to the satisfaction of the authority competent to issue or renew a certificate of fitness provided that the Inspecting Office may. Subject to such condition as he thinks necessary authorize the vehicle to the driven to a place of repair A copy of the notice in the prescribed form shall be sent to the D.S.P. of ever District Through which the vehicle runs.
Rule 100:- Fresh certificate to be obtained: If the vehicle is in public place when it is found to be unsafe the inspecting officer may permit it to be driven at a speed not exceeding ten miles an should for repair and thereafter it shall not be driven in any public place without the special permission of the Inspector of Motor vehicles of the place which it has been driven. The District Supdt. of Police or the Inspector of Motor vehicles may grant permission subject to such conditions as he thinks fit and may direct that a fresh certificate of fitness shall be obtained before the vehicle can be used in a public place,
Rule -102: Certificate of lit ness-Cancellation or suspension Any District Supdt. of Police and any Inspector or Motor vehicle may cancel the certificate of fitness of a transport vehicle under sub-section (3) of section 38 of the Act of many suspend the certificate for a period not does not comply with the provisions of the Act or the rules made there under.
Hence it is hereby ordered that the D. S. Ps. and police Inspectors should take prompt action under the above mentioned provisions of law and effectively prevent use of Motor Vehicles emitting smoke etc., harmful to public.
STANDING ORDER No.207
No.S.C/ 142/55 Dated 7th July 1965.
Appearance of Daffedars and Police Constables with their prescribed Uniform.
In drawing the attention of all District Superintendent of Police once again to this office Circular No. S. C. 142/55 dated 5-3-55 in the matter of insisting Daffedars and Police Constables to wear the numerals on their uniform. It has been observed that in spite of the instructions issued in this behalf many of the men still continue to appear in shabby dress without numerals. Further, it is alas notice that the men are not shaved besides being not tidy and him. This would give an untidy and slovenly appearance. In this connection, a reference is also invited to Standing order No.103 and the instructions given there in may be strictly followed and the delinquents punished by disallowing the uniform allowance. It is essential that officer and men should always wear their prescribed uniform complete while on duty and appear neat and tidy.
STANDING ORDER No.210
No. S.C. 416/55, Dated 12th July 1955
Wearing of prescribed uniform by all Police officers and men while on duty.
In spite of clear instructions issued from this office in S. Os. 103, 180 and 207, I noticed during my recent visits to some police Stations and outposts that the personnel continue to follow their old habit of appearing in uniform either not prescribed or without uniform while on duty. This show, that the supervising officers have taken little or no interest in implementing the instructions issued in the above Standing Orders. I therefore propose to take serious notice on the conduct of supervising officers if any such lapse are again noticed.
According to Rule 1 (6) of the Mysore Police Manual. Voulme-1 every executive officer should appear at all times in such Police Dress and Accoutrement as ordered from time to time. But in some Stations I observed that the Officers and men were in mufti in the evenings. When asked, they represented they are permitted to be in mufti in the evenings while on duty as per circular orders. There is no such order issued from this office and the Rule quoted above is clear enough on the point. Supdt. of Police will please issue strict orders to all Police officers and men to follow the Standing instructions in this behalf and to appear in proper dress always while they are on duty in the police Stations and out-posts or outside irrespective of the time.
STANDING ORDER No.211
No. C.261/1955 dated 30th July 1955
“ Vice Squad”
It has come to notice that immoral traffic is on the increase from day-to-day in the Bangalore corporation area in spite of the jurisdictional police booking several cases under the Suppression of Immoral Traffic Act. Thus it has become very necessary to take special steps to check effectively this kind of vice in Bangalore. Hence it is hereby ordered that a “ VICE SQUAD” be formed with one police Inspector, two Sub-Inspectors and two Daffedars. This squad will work under the supervision of the Assistant Superintendent of Police C.I.D. The Scout Van of Bangalore North is place take effective action against brothel-keepers, procurers and persons soliciting prostitution Cases discovered by this squad should for taking necessary action in the matter. The jurisdictional police should actively co-operate with this squad. Any slackness will be seriously notice, Further entrusting this to the “VICE SQUAD” will not in any way absolve the local Police of the responsibility of booking cases for these offences.
The following staff is drawn for this purpose : -
1. Sri. J.M. Murthy, Police Inspector, C.I.D.
2. Venkatadasappa, Sub-inspector, S.B. Bangalore District.
3. K. Jogoji Rao, Sub-Inspector C.I.D.
4. Nanjudiah Daffedar No. 13 Market Station.
5. Karunakaran daffedar No : 103 Malleswaram Station.
The deputy Inspector General of Police Bangalore will accord necessary authorizations as required by the rules under the Suppression of Immoral Traffic Act to the Police Inspector and Sub-Inspector to act under the said Act and Rules.
The Deputy Inspector General of Police will please make necessary arrangements to carry on the work of the above mentioned staff wi9th the existing staff and report to this office for approval.
STANDING ORDER No : 212
No. A 1 C-562/55, Dated 2nd August 1955
Security from officials in charge of Cash in the Police Department Safe custody of Cash
G.O. No : HA. 1840 41/Pol.28 54-4 dated: 23-6-55 prescribing the scale of security to be furnished by certain officials of the Department.
I. SECURITY DEPOSITS FROM OFFICIALS
The terms and conditions of furnishing security are detailed in Articles 97,98,99,100 and 101 of Mysore financial code, Volume-I which may be referred to for strict guidance.
In case the official agrees to deposit the security in Government Saving Bank deposit, by monthly deduction of ten per cent of pay security and surety bonds as in the enclosed form should be taken from the Manger of Cashier as the case may be and the bonds sent to this office for safe custody.
It may be noted that there should be no deduction in the establishment pay bills on this account. The disbursing officer should at the time of payment of salary , withhold the required amount, as is done in the case of salary attachment warrants received for execution and emit the amount to Local Treasury for credit to the Savings Bank Account of the official A separate savings Bank Account should be opened for each such official and the press Book obtained should remain in the custody of the Disbursing Officer treating it as a valuable document.
The official concerned should also sign a letter of agreement to the Savings Bank in the From prescribed in the Government Saving Bank Rules binding himself not to draw the money deposited without the sanction of the inspector General of Police. This should be communicated to Chief Office.
Failure to take Proper action in this behalf or non-recovery of the installments regularly will make the head of office liable for any loss that may be occasioned to Government by such a failure.
II. SAFE CUSTODY OF CASH
Rules for the safe custody of cash is detailed in Para 9 of Annexure to Mysore financial code Vol. I and the following instructions are issued for guidance.
Where there are double locking arrangements, all the keys of one lock should be in the custody of the Head of office and all the keys of the other look should be in the possession of the Cashier or Manager in charge of cash. This disposition of the keys us is for the definite purpose of ensuing that the cash chest should never be opened or closed without both the custodians being present.
Where there are no double locking arrangements the cash should invariably be lodged in the inside drawer, the keys of which should be with the Head of Office and the other keys of the chest with the Cashier or Manger as the case may be.
On occasion when the Head of office is on tour or out of station, he should hand over his keys to the next junior Gazetted Officer is available to the next Senior clerk. During the period both the keys are in the custody of the Manager or responsible for the cash.
The above rules are prescribed for the custody of duplicate keys of cash chests the directions contained in Para 12 of Annexure to Mysore Financial code, Volume-I.
The above instructions should be adhered to scrupulously.
SECURITY BOND TO BE TAKEN FROM THE MINISTERIAL OFFICIALS OF THE MYSORE POLICE DEPARTMENT
KNOW all men by these presents that I ……………………. Manager/Cashier Officer of the District Superintendent of Police ……………………….. am bound to the Rajpramukh of Mysore in the sum of Ruepees …………………… to be paid to the said Rajpramukh of Mysore or his successors or assigns. As Security for which payment I have delivered to and deposited with the Inspector General of Police in Mysore, Bangalore, surety bond executed by (I)
2) ………………… for rupees ………….. and have agreed to the rasjpramukh of Mysore deducting ten percent of my salary until the amount so deposited reaches the sum of Rupees …………… and to get the bond cancelled thereafter.
WGEREASA I the said ……………… have been appointed to the Office of Manager/Cashier district Police Office………………………. And have been called upon to furnish security for the due discharged of the duties and trusts of the said office or of any other office to which I may be hereafter appointed and or the due account of all moneys paper and other property which shall come into my possession or control by reason of any such office.
Now the condition of this obligation is such that if I the said ………………… shall always duly discharge the duties and trusts of the said office or offices and deliver up all money, papers or other property within such time and to such person as shall be demanded in writing by the person at the head of the office to which I belong and pay to the rajpramukh of Mysore, his successors and assigns by my neglect or default in the discharge of the duties and trusts aforesaid then this obligation shall be void. Otherwise the same shall remain in full force, with power to the said rajpramukh of Mysore, his successors, assigns or his or their duly authorized officers or servants from time to time to apply the same or of sufficient portion thereof in and towards the indemnity as aforesaid of the said rajpramukh of Mysore, his successors and assigns as the case may require.
And I further agree that on my vacating the said office of manager/Cashier, District Police the above mentioned sum of Rupees …………….. so deposited as aforesaid shall not be at once returned to me, but shall be and remain with the said Inspector general of Police in Mysore for the term of six months as security against any loss that Mysore owing to my neglect or default and which may not have been discovered until after my vacating my appointment .
PROVIDED always that the return at any time of the said sum of Rupees ………….. so deposited as afore said shall not be deemed to affect the right of the said Rajpramukh of Mysore to take proceedings upon the said bond against me in case any breach of the conditions of the said bond shall be discovered after the return of the said sum of Rupees ……….. so deposited as aforesaid signed and delivered by the said ………… in the presence of : -
1.
2.
BEFORE ME
District Superintendent of Police,
…………….. District,.
This indenture made the ……………………… day of ………………….19…………….between Messer (1)………………..(2) ……… hereinafter called the Sureties, which executors, representatives and assigns of the one part and the Government of Mysore represented by the Rajpramukh of Mysore, hereinafter called the Government, of the other part.
Wherers Mr……………..Son of ………………….. hereinafter called the Employee, has been required by the Government as……. And has been required by the Government to furnish the security of two respectable persons and to deposit a sum of Rupees……… as security for the due disharge of the duties and trusts of the said office or of any other office to which the employee may hereafter be appointed and for the due account of all moneys, papers and other property which shall come into his possession of control by reason of any such office.
Whereas the Employee has been permitted by Government to deposit the said amount in monthly installments of amounts representing ten percent of his monthly salary and the Employee has agreed that the Government may deduct the said installments every month from out of the said salary.
And Whereas the Sureties aforesaid have agreed to enter into the above obligations as Sureties for the due and faithful performance by the said Employee of his duties in such office to the extent of Rs…………
NOW THIS INDENTURE WITHESSETH AS FOLLOWS
1. In consideration of the said premises, the Sureties are hereby jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the Government in the sum of Rs….. to be paid to the Government for the payment of which the sureties bind themselves and each of them binds himself severally and firmly by these presents.
2. If and when the Employee shall deposit the said sum of Rs….. in full Government, than the above written obligation shall be void, but otherwise shall remain in full force.
3. In order to give effect to this indenture, the Government hall be at liberty to act as though the Sureties were principal debtors and the Sureties do hereby waive all or any of their rights as Sureties.
4. In order to give effect to this Indenture, the Government shall not be obliged to proceed against the Employee in the first instance in any manner whatsoever.
5. No act of omission on the part of Government, no indulgence shown, concessions granted or time given to the Employee by Government shall have the effect of discharging the Sureties in any manner whatsoever.
6. Government shall be entitled to recover from the Sureties all the moneys due to the Government under this Indenture, or any portion thereof as an arrears of Land Revenue.
In witness whereof the Sureties have set their hands and seals the day and year first written.
Signature of sureties.
Attestors:-
1.
2.
STANDING ORDER No.214
No.G3-C 78/55, dated 23rd August 1955.
Suspension pending enquiry.
It has come to the notice of the undersigned that subordinate Officers placed under suspension pending enquiry into their alleged misconduct are continued as such indefinitely.
2. Though Rule 158 M.P.M. Voulmd-1 permits placing an official under suspension, such an action should be resorted to only to a minimum period required as it otherwise hits hand the Official suspended and will also be an unnecessary expenditure on the State as the Official will have to be paid subsistence allowance during suspension and period treated as on duty if totally exonerated.
3.The attention of the D. S. Ps is also drawn to Note on page 9 of the Force Return which reads as follows:-
“When the period of suspension pending enquiry into alleged misconduct exceeds tow months explanation should be afforded for the delay in decision”
4. The instruction should be strictly followed and reasons for the delay should be noted not only in the Force Return but also in the order reinstating the delinquent form suspension.
STANDING ORDER No : 215
No. A5.C.30/55, Dated 25th April 1955,
Payment of meals charges of prisoners in police Custody.
Extract from G.O. No. H. A 4918-19/Pol, 124-52-2 dated 16-9-52.
“The procedure adopted by concerned police officers in utilizing private funds for expenditure on Government account is irregular and should not be allowed to recur”
2. Extract from letter No.T.7.Pol, 4-75 dated 2-9-33 of the Accountant General Mysore Bangalore:
“An examination was made of the several items of expenditure incurred by each police Inspectors in their respective jurisdictions as detailed in the statement of actual expenditure for the past 3 months. It is seen that the existing permanent imp rest of the police Inspectors is far above the requirements of the officers concerned. No. valid justification seems to exist for increasing the present imp rest, which ever as it is far above the actual requirements”
3. In spite of specific instructions issued with this office Circular No. AC. 3794/51-52 dated 22-9-53 that all charges on account of dieting and moving charges should be net out of permanent advance, claims are still being preferred by making payments from personal funds which is irregular and opposed to rules.
4. It is therefore ordered that the practice of making payments form personal funds and submission of bills for encashment and reimbursement should stop forthwith In cases when the permanent advance fall short, bills may be preferred as and when necessary even to the extent of 2 bills in a week and the permanent advance recouped. This procedure will obviate the difficulty as the permanent advance will be recouped immediately. To meet this end the District Superintendents of Police will make arrangements to countersign and return the bills to the police Inspectors immediately on their receipt.
5. A certificate that the expenditure has actually been paid from permanent advance should invariably be recorded on each bill without which the District Superintendent of Police should not countersign.
6. The claims on account of expenditure from personal funds will not hereafter be accepted.
STANDING ORDER No : 219
No. C5-13/55, Dated 22nd September 1955
Particulars to be furnished to Insurance Companies in Motor Accident cases.
It has come to notice that Station House Officers are refusing to furnish the necessary information of Motor accidents to the concerned parities and to the Insurance Companies.
Section 109 of the Indian Motor Vehicles Act. 1939 and Section 77 Q of the Mysore Motor Vehicles and Road Traffic (Third Amendment) (Emergency) Act 1946 are identical They read as follows:-
A registering authority or the officer in charge of a Police Station shall if so required by a person who alleges that he is entitled to claim compensation in respect of an accident arising out of the use of a motor Vehicle, or if so required by an Insurer against whom a claim has been made in respect of any motor Vehicle. Or if so required by an insurer against whom a claim has been made in respect of any motor vehicle. Furnish to that person or to that insurer, as the case may be on payment of the prescribed fee any information at the disposal of the said authority or the said police officer relating to the identification makes and other particulars of the vehicle and the name and address of the person who was using the vehicle at the time of the accident or was injured by it”
The fee for the production of information is prescribed at Rs.1/- in Rule 16 the Mysore Motor Vehicles and Road Traffic (Third Party Insurance) Rules 1945 which reads as follows:-
“The fee to be paid in return for the production of information by a Registering Authority or the officer in charge of a Police Station under Section 77 Q of the Act shall be Rs.1/- Hence it is hereby ordered as follows:
The Station House officers or other police Officers concerned should furnish the information referred to in Section 109 of the Indian Motor Vehicles Act or Section 77 Q of Mysore Motor Vehicles and Road Traffic (3rd Amendment) (Emergency) Act 1946 to the concerned parties on their presenting an application with a Treasury Chelan for Rs.1/- for having credited the required fee.
STANDING ORDER No.220
No.C5-11/55, Dated 27th September 1955.
Issue of Driving Licenses.
It has been observed by Government that driving licenses are being issued indiscriminately and that most of the motor accidents on the road area due entirely to defective driving by in experienced drivers.
Hence it is hereby ordered as follows:-
The provisions in Chapter II of the Indian Motor Vehicles Act and chapter II of the Mysore Motor Vehicles and Road Traffic Rules, 1945 should be strictly adhered to in the matter of granting driving licenses.
As per Rule 15 of the Mysore vehicles and Road Traffic Rule the test of competence to drive as set forth in the 3rd Schedule of the Act shall be conducted by the licensing authority or by a person authority or by a person authorized by such authority. As far as possible the test should be conducted by the District Supdt. of Police or Assistant Supdt. of Police or Asst. Supdt. of Police . Whenever the Dist. Supdt. of Police and the Asst. Supdt. of Police area unable to attend to this work it should be got conducted by the Motor Vehicles Inspector The test should be conducted strictly in accordance with the instructions set forth
in the 3rd Schedule of the Act.
While renewing the Driving Licenses it should not be done as a matter of routine. The licensing authority should scrutinize the adverse endorsements. In the driving licenses and see the applicant personally to know if he is fit to drive.
Strict instructions should be issued to make a submission in the charge-sheet itself to the court to disqualify the drivers charge-sheeted as per Section 17 of the Act. The prosecutors should request the court at the time of conviction to take action under Section 17 of the Act.
The Licensing Authorities should strictly exercise the power granted to them under Section 15 of the Act. To disqualify undeserving persons form holding a license.
Endorsements of convictions as per Section 19 of the Act should be promptly got recorded in the Driving Licenses. The prosecutors and the Concerned Station House Officers should be held responsible for this.
STANDING ORDER No. 221
No.C4-91/55, Dated 4th October 1955,
Exhibition of the photos of criminals to the Staff.
During my inspection of Stations it was noticed that the staff were lacking in the knowledge of criminals. This knowledge is very necessary for the prevention and detection of crime. Hence it is hereby ordered as follows:
Criminals who are young and dangerous should be selected from the G.C.R. and Station Crime History. They should be got photographed and exhibited in the Station for the benefit of the Station Staff.
The photos of such of the criminals who operate outside the Station limits should be got published in the Criminal intelligence Gazette and also the copies of the photos should be sent to concerned police Stations in which jurisdiction they operate for being exhibited to the said Station Staff.
STANDING ORDER No. 225
No.C2-332/55, Dated 5th November 1955.
Attendance in Sessions Cases by the Dist. Superintendent of Police and Assistant Superintendents of Police.
It has come to the notice that the District Superintendents of Police are not evincing the interest in attending important Sessions cases Rule 87 of the Mysore Police Manual Volume –I specifies clearly that the District superintendents of Police and Assistant Superintendent of Police would attend the Sessions in important cases. The attendance of the District Superintendent of Police and Assistant Superintendent of Police in Sessions cases will enable them to guide the investigating Officers properly in cases, Viewing the importance of this, Government have also stressed the necessity for the District Superintendent of Police to attend regularly important Sessions cases, in their circular letter No : H.A 5325-45/Pol. Dated 18-01-1955 to all the District Superintendent of Police of the District.
It is hereby ordered that the District Superintendent of Police and the Assistant Superintendent . of Police and the Assistant Superintendent of Police will in future. Report in the final progress reports of heinous cases tried in Sessions counts and their weekly diaries the fact of their having attended the sessions Court. If they could not attend any Sessions case, reasons for the same should be reported.
STANDING ORDER No. 226
No.C2-338/54, Dated 29th November 1955.
Adverse remarks on the Police in judgments Suitable action called for
It has come to notice that due notice is not being taken by the District Superintendents of police on the adverse remarks passed in judgments regarding the prosecution.
Government have also been pleased to observe as follows: “I am directed to State that if every observation of the High Court is brushed aside in the manner suggested observations of the court become superfluous. Let there be no room for a complaint that the shortcomings are screened” This has resulted in lack of discipline and efficiency in the subordinate staff.
Hence it is hereby ordered that whenever adverse remarks are made by the courts. Prosecutors should promptly report the same to the District Superintendents of Police concerned. If they fail to do so they must be dealt with.
When adverse remarks are brought to the notice of the District Superintendents of Police either by Prosecutors or by courts as per chapter XV- Judgment and sentence III-1 and 23 of the Criminal Rules of Practice and circular orders, Voulme-1 the District Superintendents of Police should promptly deal-with the concerned and sent the copy of the minutes to this office. On no account, District Superintendents of police should try to shield the concerned police Officers if they area realy guilty and should not try to brush aside the observations by the courts.
STANDING ORDER No. 228
A4, e, 357/55, Dated 22nd January 1956
Purchase of Auto spare parts.
Government in their order No. S.R. 8883-8983 S.P.C. 11-55-2, dated 4-1-1955, have ordered that in modification of official Memorandum No. M 16086 185/G. M. 13-55-3 dated 1-11-1955, the heads of Departments are authorized to purchase or sanction to purchase of spare parts up to Rs.500/- in each case but not exceeding Rs.5000/- a year. They have also permitted the heads of Departments to authorize their subordinate officers to make such limits so as to enable them to purchase their urgent requirements as speedily as possible without observing the formalities of placing orders through the S.P.C.
In pursuance of the above, the following financial limits are authorized for being exercised by they Subordinate Police Officers
1. Deputy Inspector General of Police up to Rs.400/-
2. District Superintendent of Police ……… Rs.250/-
Purchase of spare parts should be made after obtaining competitive quotations and articles purchased by selection consistent with quality, price and availability according to needs.
STANDING ORDER No. 229
Dated 23rd January 1956.
National Anthem-singing of-Police Officers and men to be alert.
All Police Officers are hereby reminded that it is their duty primarily as citizens of India and particularly as members of a disciplined force to respect the National Flag and stand alert whenever the National Anthem is sung on any occasion when they are present. The Deputy Inspectors General of Police and District Superintendent of Police will see that suitable instructions on this point are issued to all the subordinate officers. Particularly police Constables and Daffedars. The officers and men should instantaneously come to attention whenever National Anthem is sung.
Any lapses in this respect will call for severe disciplinary action including dismissal. Superior officers will be personally held responsible to ensure that all officers and men come to attention whenever national Anthem is sung.
STANDING ORDER No.230
No.A4, C,62/56, Dated 15th February 1956.
Police Motor Transport Section Bangalore Corporation Area
To ensure prompt availability of Motor Vehicles to meet all emergencies it has become necessary to pool the Transport Vehicles of the Department and necessary arrangements made to achieve the desired effect.
The following arrangements are therefore ordered.-
A Police Motor Transport Section will be formed with a staff one police Inspector, Two Sub Inspectors and one Subedar-Major with Headquarters at M.A.R.P. (Mysore Road), Bangalore, To meet the requirement a staff of one police Inspector form Bangalore South D.I.B. and two Sub-Inspectors from Bangalore North D.I.B. will be made available and one Subedar-Major from the M.A.R.P. Bangalore. The Section will be provided with an independent telephone No.4266.
All the Police motor vehicles now in charge of District Superintendent of Police M.A.R.P. Bangalore. Who will be responsible for the control and maintenance of the vehicles.
The vehicles will be located at the different places as at present i.e., Audugodi Police line (tel. No.3333) Infantry Road (Tel. No.4444) Chief Office Tal. No.2108) and M.A.R.P. Headquarters (Tel. No.4266).
All the existing drivers of the vehicles will be under the control of the District Superintendent of Police M.A.R.P. along with the vehicles.
All Police officers in Bangalore Corporation Area will as soon as they require a motor vehicle for Police Duties will ring up Telephone No.4266 where a police officer will always be on duty and intimate the requirement of vehicle. The police officer on duty will at once on receipt of Telephone Message note the details of the name and rank of the Officer calling for the vehicle and the purpose of use in the duty diary and immediately phone to the Section of Motor Vehicle nearest to the place where the vehicle is required for dispatch of the vehicle. The officer making use of the vehicle should fill in all details in the log book as soon as the duty is over and send back the vehicle to its location, with his signature.
The District Superintendent of Police M.A.R.P. will be responsible to see that sufficient number of vehicles in good running condition are located at the different points always.
This will be tried as an experimental measure from to-day and Headquarters. Phone No.2104 will be used until phone 4266 is installed.
All the drivers and officers should report themselves before the District Superintendent of Police M.A.R.P. Bangalore 16-2-1956 forenoon.
STANDING ORDER No.231
No.c1-26/55, Dated 28th February 1955.
Rule 210 Police Manual Vol-1-recording of statement of Witnesses and furnishing copies to accused.
As per amended section 173 (4) Cr.P.C. the Office in charge of the Police Station shall before the commencement of the enquiry or trial furnish or cause to be furnished to the accused free of cost a copy of the F.I.R. and all other document or relevant extracts thereof on which prosecution proposes to rely including statement and confessions if any recorded u/s 164 and statements recorded u/s 161 (3) of all persons whom the prosecution proposes to examine as its witnesses.
As per rule 210 (3) and (5) of the Mysore Police Manual. Vol-1 as amended in G.O. No. H.A. 1971 80/Pol. 709-50-2 dated 28-5-1951 the Investigating Officer should make a separate record of each witness examined by him during investigation.
The statement of each witness examined during investigation should be recorded on separate sheets of paper i.e., one sheet should be used for recording the statement of each witness. When recording the statements of witnesses as many copies as possible may be made, depending upon the number of accused in the case, that the extra copies thus prepared may be given to the accused as per section 173 (4) Cr. P.C.
The extra copies of other documents also should be prepared similarly while preparing the said documents for the frirst time so that the extra copies may be used for furnishing them to the accused as per section 173 (4) Cr. P.C.
Case diary forms may be used for preparing extra copies.
STANDING ORDER No.232
No.C1-26/55, Dated 25th February 1956.
To oppose Compromise applications in Property cases against previous convicts and Professional Criminals.
As per Section 63 of Criminal Procedure Code (Amendment) Act 1955, Section 345 (2) of the Principal Act has been amended making the offences under Section 379, 381, 406, 407, 408, 419, 420, and 451 compoundable with the permission of the Court. Thus this amendment has given scope even for the professional offenders to escape punishment by compounding the case, Hence, it is hereby ordered that Investigating Officers should keep the prosecutors informed whether the accused charge sheeted for the above said offences is a previous convict or not furnishing the details of previous convictions and cases compounded by him. In case of accused who are either professional Criminals or previous convicts, the prosecutor should file a memo to the court with a request not to grant permission to compound the case giving reasons therefore, when compromise applications are filed by the parties.
STANDING ORDER No.233
No.A1, c-861d/55, Dated 12th February 1956.
Police lent to Private Parties and other Deptts.
The following authorities are noted for reference:
1. Article 238 Note 2 M.S.R:
The amount to be recovered from the persons for whose benefit an additional establishment is created shall be the gross sanctioned cost of the Service which will not vary with actual expenditure each month. D.A. and H.P.A. shall also from part of the gross sanctioned cost of the establishment and the whole expenditure on account of these allowance shall be recovered for leave periods also.
2. Letter No.940/Pc, 1/Police dated 11-2-1955 of AG Bangalore:
Recovery of contributions on behalf of Police establishments created for the benefits of Industrial concerns and private parties is to be regulated according to Note. 2 of Article 238 of M.S.R. is to recover contribution for both pension and leave salary, the rates of recovery are:-
(a) Cost of Establishment:- Average cost of the posts (as per Article 238 Note-2) plus appropriate Dearness and High Price Allowance, including for leave periods also.
b) Leave salary contribution: 1/8 of item (a) (applicable even in case of inferior servants since their leave allowances are met out of general revenues).
c) Pension Contribution: 1/8 of item (a) excluding Dearness and High price allowance and including other allowances that count towards pension.
d) Equipment and clothing: 1/10th of average cost of the post sanctioned (Rule 466 Mysore Police Manual Volume -1).
1. Letter No. T7. Pol. 1-173 date 21/28-9-55 of the A.G., Bengaluru.
The Reserve Bank of India is not a service Department of the Government of Mysore and recoveries have to be effected towards the cost of establishment lent which should include leave and pension contribution in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 238 Note 2 of M.S.R. Recoveries in accordance with Note 2 of Article 238 M.S.R have to be effected from other departments which are not service departments.
2. Extract from the Account Code- Volume-1:
(59) For purposes of inter departmental payments; the departments of Government shall be divided into Service departments and Commercial Departments according to the following principles.
A-Service Departments:- These are constituted for the discharge of those functions which either (a) are inseparable from and form part of, the idea of Government or (b) are necessary to, and form part of the general conduct of the business of Government.
Examples of the first class are:-the departments of Administration of justice, jails and convict settlements, Police education. Medical Public health, Forest and Defense.
Examples of the Second Class are: - the depts. Of Survey Govt. Printing Stationery, Public works (buildings and Roads Branch) purchase Organisation of the ministry of works, production and Supply (Central Government).
B-Commercial Departments of Undertaking: - these are maintained mainly for the purposes of rendering services or providing supplies, of certain special kinds of payment for the services rendered or for the articles supplied. They perform functions which are not necessarily governmental functions. They are required to work to a financial result, determined through accounts maintained on commercial principles.
Note:- Government has the power in respect of these directions to decide whether particular department shall be regarded as a commercial department or undertaking.
(6) Save as expressly provided in this chapter, a service department shall not make charges against another department for service or supplies which fall within the class of duties for which the former department is constituted.
The following exceptions to the rule in this article have been authorized.
a) Forest Department may charge any other Department for vegetable. Animal or mineral Products extracted from a forest area.
b) Payment must ordinarily be made for convict labor as in the case of that supplied to the P.W. and other Departments of Government, but no charge shall be made for convict labor in the case of works undertaken by the P.W.D. which are treated as jail works.
c) The cost of additional Police guards supplied to and irrigation or other projects while under constructions may be debited to Project concerned.
Police have been lent to the several Departments and concerns as below:-
1. Electrical Department.
2. Banks (reserve Bank, State Bank and Mysore Bank).
3. Municipalities and Corporation.
4. Irrigation Projects.
5. Temple Guards.
6. E.D Hospital
7. Engineering College.
8. Survey Department.
9. Machine Tools Factory.
10. Hindustan Air-craft.
11. Indian Telephone Industries.
12. K.G.F. Detective Department.
13. IX Engineering Platoon, N.C.C. Bangalore.
14. Armory of “B’ Company 1st Battallion, N.C.C. Mysore.
The recovery of cost of Police Lent in items 1,2,3,4,5,9,10,11 and such other establishments should be based on the rates mentioned in Para 2 above. The salary and allowances of the staff lent to the above should be debited to 29-Police and the cost of the force which will not vary month to month recovered monthly by sending X Demand bills to concerned by the 5th of the month succeeding to which the demand relates,
The salary and allowances in respect of establishments in Sls. No. 6 and 7 may be debited to 29-Police and no charges need be recovered as they are service Departments.
In respect of Sl. No. II, the recovery of cost will be based on the specific Government Order on that subject.
5. Bills in duplicate in the form below should be sent to the concerned by the 5th of the month succeeding to which the charge relates and payment got only.
(1) Sl. No.
(2) Particulars of Police Establishment lent with details of cost.
(3) Demand for the month.
(4) Arrears due if any and the period to which it relates.
(5) Total demand.
6. A monthly D.C.B Statement in the enclosed form should be sent in the enclosed form should be sent to the Accountant General, Bangalore and the Inspector General of Police, so as to reach the above officers by the 10th of the succeeding month to which the D.C.B Statement relates.
7. The recoveries released should be credited to Treasury to the appropriate budget heads as detailed below.
|(1) |Pay and allowances. |XXIII Police-Police Supplied to Public Depts.,-Private Coys. And |
| | |persons. |
|(2) |Leave contribution: |XXIII Police –Police (f) collection of payments for service rendered. |
|(3) |Pension contribution: |XLIV Receipt in aid of Superannuation |
|(4) |Equipment & Clothing: |XXIII Police Miscellaneous. |
The Credits should be made in separate challans.
Cases where payment is not received promptly should be brought to the notice of the Accountant General, Mysore, Bangalore and the Inspector General of Police in Mysore, Bangalore
Demand collection and balance statement of lent establishment for the month of …………………………..
|Sl. No. |Details of statement lent (Grade and |To whom lent |G.O. sanctioning |Demand for the month |
| |No.) of officers and men | |the establishment | |
|(b) |Chief office |Depot ‘A’ |“ |2108 |
|(c) |Infantry Road |Depot ‘B’ |“ |4444 |
|(d) |Fire Brigade (B-South) |Depot ‘C’ |“ |3333 |
|(e) |Adugodi Police lines |Depot ‘D’ |“ |2412 |
All Police Officers in Bangalore Corporation Area will as soon as they require a Police Motor Vehicle for Police Duties, will Phone to “4266” and furnish to the duty officer the place and time where the vehicle has to be sent, the type of vehicle (jeep or Van) and the purpose for which it is required. The Duty Officer will at once note in the call register and detail a vehicle from the DEPOT nearest to the place of call by issue of directions by ‘phone’ and assure himself that the vehicle has actually moved. The driver of the vehicle should report before the officer concerned and present the Log Book for making necessary entries which should be completed properly filing all columns before return of the vehicle back to the DEPT. It is the duty of the Officers using the vehicles to comply with the above and on no account should the entries in the LOG BOOK be left unfilled, when the vehicle is used.
1. For the purpose of dispatch of vehicles the Police Inspector in charge of the Section will maintain a chart detailing the disposition of all the vehicles among the various DEPOTS and have black board to indicate the movements of vehicles each day.
2. the Police Inspector in charge of the section will maintain a ‘CALL REGISTER’ with the following headings:-
(1) Date and time (2) Name and designation of the Police Officer indenting for the vehicle (3) Propose for which the vehicle is indented (4) the register number of the vehicle detailed and the Depot from which deputed. (5) Time of return of the vehicle to the Depot after duty.
Till such time as printed registers are made available, this register may be maintained in manuscript and the duty officer made responsible for making proper entries in the register which shall be scrutinized by the Inspector. The entries in this register should be compared with the entries in the Log Book. The District Superintendent Of Police M.A.R.P will periodically scrutinizes the register
It is the duty of the Police Inspector to see that only vehicles in good running condition are located at the several Depots and whenever any vehicle is reported to be unfit for use such vehicles should be got tot the Central Depot and a good vehicle sent in its place to the concerned DEPT. The repairs for the vehicle shall be attended to at the central Depot only. It is also the duty of the Inspector to see that sufficient numbers of drivers are available at each of the Depots for duty at any time day of night.
The mechanic and the staff of Motor Workshop of M.A.R.P. will work under the supervision of this Police Inspector.
3. The Police Inspector in charge of the Section will issue indents for supply of petrol etc., to vehicles. The Instructions contained in Part II (b) Para 7 of Standing Order No. 162 should be borne in mind and see that the limit prescribed are not normally exceeded.
4. The Police Inspector in charge of the Section will maintain a Register setting apart one or two pages for each vehicle and note the issue of petrol and oil to each of the vehicle and the entries may be looked into while issuing indents to ensure that the limits are not exceeded. He will compile a statement at the close of the month and prepare an abstract of the quantity of petrol and oil issued to each vehicle, obtain bills from the petrol firms before the 5th of the succeeding month and check with his records and send it to the District Superintendent of Police, M.A.R.P. before the 10th of the month. The District Superintendent of Police. M.A.R.P. will submit the bills to the Chief Office, by the 15th of the month. The D.P.O. Manager will be responsible for prompt submission of the bills.
5. The Inspector in charge of the Section will be responsible to see to the proper maintenance of the vehicles and take prompt action whenever any repairs are necessary by observing the usual rules.
6. The District Superintendent of Police, M.A.R.P., and Bangalore is authorized to issue subsidiary instructions if necessary to ensure efficient working of the Section. In case of doubts, orders of the Inspector General of Police may be promptly obtained. The Vehicles if any in charge of any officer at present should be withdrawn and the above directions followed.
STANDING ORDER NO.239
No. C1-24/56, Dated 2-4-1956
Procedure for preferring appeals in Criminal cases.
* * * * *
Attention of all the Police Officers is drawn to the following Government Official Memoranda for strict guidance. The Deputy Superintendent of Police and Assistant Superintend of Police will be held responsible for any infringement of the proscribed rules or procedure and for delay in taking necessary action.
1. No. 39-99/Law. 56-55-2 dated 16-1-1956 (copies sent to all Deputy Superintendent of Police in chief office memo No. C1-24/56 dated 28-2-56)
2. No. 8444-66/Law. 639-55-2- dated 15-2-56 (copies send tot all the Deputy Superintendent of Police, in chief Office memo No. C2-39/56 dated 1-3-56)
3. No. H.A.S. 1346-56/Pol. (s) 14-55-8 dated 13-3-56 (copy of this enclosed to this Standing order).
STANDING ORDER NO.240
No. Alc./56, Dated 3rd April 1956
Cash receive and dispatch register
* * * * *
The most important record to fix the responsibility for receipt to Government money is the “Cash Received and dispatched book” prescribed in Para 1 of the Annexure to Mysore Financial Code Vo. 1 and failure to maintain this register is a serious irregularity. The rule quoted above is reproduced below:-
“Every office dealing with cash should maintain a small note book in the form given below in which the Government servant in charge of money will enter items as he hands over money cheques, R.T.Rs. and bills for encashment, to the peon and obtain his signature against the entry. The Government servant will similarly sign in the book when he receives money from the peon. For amounts handed over to the clerk, the latter’s signature will be taken and it will be seen that these amounts are brought to the cash book promptly”.
|Date |Description of |Amount |Signature |When handed|Signature |Reference to |Initials of|
| |bill etc. | |of the peon|over to |of clerk |item No. in the |the officer|
| | | | |clerk | |Cash book | |
It is impressed on all the Officers of the Department that the rules quoted above should be strictly followed and failure to do so will be severely noticed.
STANDING ORDER NO.241
No. A5c. -52/55, Dated 3rd April 11955
Amendment to art 214 of Mysore Financial Code, Vol. I issued with notification No. FI (B) 135059/CR. 2-55-16 dt. 21-1-1956 regarding Secret Service Expenditure in the Department
* * * * *
The following instructions are issued for the administration of Secret Service funds.
1. Separate allotments for “SECRET Service expenditure” will be made for each Office.
2. The District. Superintendents of Police and the Deputy Inspectors General of Police concerned will maintain a register in the under mentioned form as envisaged in Para 3 of the note to art. 214 M.F.C Vol.I referred to above.
|Sl. No. |Date of |Amount |Nature of s.s. |Signature of|No. & date of |
| |payment |paid |for which the |the payee |sanction of |
| | | |amount is paid | |competent |
| | | | | |authority. |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
The register will be a secret record and will be maintained by the DSPs and DIGs. Personally and entries made properly.
3. The sanctioning authority will prepare a D.C. bill payable at Treasury at the beginning of the month for the approximate amount required for Secret service expenditure during the month and send the bill for countersignature by the Inspector General of Police. The amount on encashment should be brought on the cash book prescribed in Para I of the note to art. 214 M.F.C. Vol. I and entries recorded as directed in the article.
4. Sanction of appropriate authority should be obtained ant the authority duly noted in column 6 of the register mentioned in Para 2 above.
5. This register and the cash book are subject administrative audit and should be made available for audit when called for.
STANDING ORDER NO.243
No. A5c. -26/56 Dated 10th April 1956
* * * * *
Instances have come to my notice that Police inspectors are making payments to the District Police Offices without obtaining proper official receipts which has resulted in misappropriation of Government money by some persons in charge of cash in the D.P.O.
At present the inspectors are sending the money to the D.P.O and obtaining acknowledgment of the cashier in their tappal registers and are not insisting upon official receipts. As there is every chance of not bringing to the notice of the DSP. The receipt of money, there is chance for a cashier. To misappropriate Government money without noting the receipt in the cash book.
The above procedure is opposed to rules and is not in accordance with the rules prescribed in articles 4 and 6 or M.F.C. Vol. I. In standing order No. 161 published in Mysore Police Gazette dated 4-6-55, it was impressed that official receipts in form No. I prescribed under rule 6 of M.F.C. Vol. I should be received without fail from the officers receiving the money.
Therefore it is directed that inspectors after payment of money to the D.P.O. should insist upon granting official receipt in form No. I of rule 6 of M.F.C. Vol. I to them in token of having paid the money and the D.S.P arrange to issue such official receipts to the police Inspectors after receipt of money from them without fail.
Any laps in this behalf will be seriously viewed.
STANDING ORDER NO.245
No. C1-26-55, Dated 5th May 1956
Discharge of cases due non-furnishing of
documents to accused by the investigating
Officers as per amended Section 13 of Cr. P.C.
* * * * *
It has come to notice that cases are being discharged by the Magistrates since the investigating Officers are not furnishing to the accused copies of documents as per amended Section 173 of the code of Crl. Procedure. This is very unsatisfactory. If any such instances are noticed the concerned officers will be dealt with very severely. The Court prosecutors should bring to the special notice of the District Superintendent of Police any delay by the Investigating Officer to furnish copies to the accused. The District Superintendents of Police in turn should deal with such investigating Officers very severely and see that the documents are furnished to the accused in time. The District Superintendents of Police will be primarily held responsible for scrutinizing the Prosecutors diaries and taking action when defaults are noticed in this respect.
STANDING ORDER NO.246
No. A1.c. 33/56, Dated 9th May 1956
Acceptance of remuneration for refereeing Foot-ball matches and such other work
* * * * *
It has come to the notice of the undersigned that some officers are receiving fee for refereeing Foot-ball matches and such other work without complying with the provisions of Article 69 Mysore Service Regulations.
It is hereby ordered that no officer is permitted to take part in such activities hereafter.
STANDING ORDER NO.248
No. C2-90-56, Dated 11th May 1956
Telegraphic requisitions to M.V. Inspectors
in Motor Accident cases
* * * * *
It has come to notice that in cases of motor accidents, M.V. Inspectors come to the spot after considerable delay and loss of time. It is needless to state that belated examinations serve no purpose. Hence it is hereby ordered that the Investigating officers in Motor accident cases should immediately on receipt of the first information, send telegraphic requisitions to the M.V. Inspectors to come to the spot.
The Commissioner for Transport in his letter No. CT-10345/55-56 dated 19-10-55 had intimated to Government that he has issued a circular to the District Magistrates and Chairman, R.T. authorities of all Districts to issue strict instructions to the Inspectors of Motor vehicles, to take up examination of Motor Vehicles involved in accidents promptly and issue certificates of such examinations expeditiously.
The copy of this has been sent to the information of all the District superintendents of Police in this Office No. c2-23/55 dated 29-10-55. any delay on the part of the M.V. Inspectors in either coming to the spot or furnishing the certificates may be brought to the notice of the District Magistrates concerned.
STANDING ORDER NO.250
Dated 15th May 1956
* * * * *
As per Government Order No. HA. 7273-86/Pol.314-55-2 dated 4-1-1956, the Police Radio Grid has come under the direct charge of the Inspector General of Police and the following instructions are issued:-
Copies of all messages passed over the Grid may be continued to be sent to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Bengaluru, as hither fore.
All messages dictated by ‘phone or otherwise to the Radio Net Work for onward transmission must be confirmed in writing immediately. A register must be maintained in every office and contents of messages sent for onward transmission must be noted therein for reference.
STANDING ORDER NO.251
No. C2-91/56, Dated 15/17th May 1956
Measures to prevent Motor accidents
* * * * *
It has come to notice that of late, motor accidents are on the increase. The main reasons for the increase in motor accidents appear to be over-speeding, rash and negligent driving, over-loading and permitting the playing of defective vehicles. Hence, it is hereby ordered as follows:-
1. In place where there is heavy traffic, and where the roads are narrow, and near the School zones, traffic caution boards should be got erected, and the speed limit boards should be got fixed up. Speed traps must be laid very frequently and drastic action taken for over-speed.
2. At the time of issuing driving licenses, the District Superintendents of Police should personally hold the test of competence as contemplated in Schedule III-Part I under the Indian Motor Vehicles Act 1939, and issue driving licenses only to very competent applicants. The District Superintendents of Police should issue strict instructions to the Court Prosecutors and the subordinate staff to see that convictions to the drivers are duly endorsed in the licenses. At the time of renewal, the District Superintendents of Police should take into consideration these endorsements. The District Superintendents of Police should see that the provisions of sections 17 18, 19, & 20 of the Motor Vehicles Act 1939 are strictly enforced with respect to the drivers.
3. At present, the endorsement of convictions is being made only in the driving licenses. If that driving license is lost, the record is also lost. The drivers also, if they have got too many endorsements, to their credit, may secure a duplicate, destroying the original. In the duplicate, previous endorsements cannot be entered at the District. Police Office since no such records are maintained in the District. Police Office. Hence it is herby ordered that an index card should be maintained at the District Police Office in respect of each driver to whom the license is issued or renewed at the District. Police Office in the following proforma.
1. Name and address of the drier.
2. Driving license number, date and the renewal dates.
3. Owner drier or Professional driver.
4. Particulars of convictions.
In case of professional drivers, photos of the drivers may be affixed to the Index card.
4. The Court Prosecutors should intimate the District Police Office where index card is maintained the particulars of convictions. Immediately after the driver is convicted. When a driver changes his residence from one district to another District, his index card should be transferred to the concerned District.
5. The overloading in vehicles should be checked by Senior Officers by frequent surprise visits to places on the roads, just after a Police Station or an outpost. If the vehicle is found overloaded, the staff of the Police Station or the Out post in front of which the vehicle passed unnoticed should be dealt with. If any particular vehicle is addicted to overloading, inspite of repeated prosecutions, action should be taken to get the permit of the vehicle cancelled.
6. Apart from the Public Service Vehicles being inspected quarterly by the M.V. Inspectors, and annually by the District & Committee consisting the District Superintendents of Police the old vehicles should be checked frequently & if any mechanical defect is noticed that should be brought to the notice of the M.V. Inspector immediately and got examined. If any accident occurs to a vehicle, due to mechanical defect, immediately after the issue of Brake certificate, it should be brought to the notice of the District Magistrate, and the Inspector General of Police.
STANDING ORDER NO.252
No.SBC/58/56, Dated 19th May 1956
Disposal of Old records of the District Special Branches
* * * * *
There have been reports of accumulation of Old records in the District Special Branches and instructions are sought by some District Superintendents of Police.
As there is no systematic procedure existing at present, the following instructions for the classification and disposal of old records are issued for strict guidance.
so for as classification of records is concerned, the old files have to be sorted out into three classes, A. B. and Deposit for which want is called a ‘Weeding Register’ ahs to be maintained. File under Class ‘A’ have to be maintained for 20 years. Under class ‘B’ for 10 years and under ‘Deposit’ from 6 months to 2 years. These classifications have to be made by the District Superintendents of Police, depending upon the importance and utility of each file.
At the end of each special period ‘A’ D, and Deposit’ files have to be again examined for a re-classification.
So far as the destruction of the unwanted files are concerned, orders for their destruction have to be obtained from the Deputy Inspector General of Police of the Division concerned. A records of destruction should be maintained in a register.
For the Weeding Register, the headings under which it shall be opened are:-
1. File No.
2. Subject in brief
3. Date on which recorded-‘A,B, or Deposit’
4. Date on which orders for destruction are obtained
5. Date actually burnt
6. Remarks
7. For the Register of Destruction of records the headings will be as follows:-
1. Serial No.
2. File No.
3. Subject
4. Date of commencement of the file
5. Date of ending of the file
STANDING ORDER NO.252
No. C1-1137/53-54, Dated 29th May 1956
Giving evidence in Court
* * * * *
It has come to notice that the Police Officers are making seemingly contradictory statements in Courts being unable to understand the compound questions put to them by the defense counsel. In many cases, the compound questions cannot be replied by mere “ Yes or No” because the reply for one part of the question will be ‘Yes and for the other part of the question it will be ‘No’. for example, the Investigating Officer was questioned by the defence counsel “Did you parade the accused in the streets by handcuffing the accused”. The Investigating Officer said ‘Yes. What the investigating Officer Ment was that he had handcuffed but did not parade the accused. But it was construed by the court that the Investigating Officer paraded the accused by handcuffing him. The Investigating Officer did not clarify this in the court. The prosecutor also did not clarify this during the re-examination. The Investigating Officer could have answered the question as “I had handcuffed the accused, but I did not parade him”. Hence it is hereby ordered that Police Officers should be instructed to understand the questions put to them and answer them properly. If compound questions are put to them they must reply analytically for each fact of the question. If they fail to do so, the prosecutors should be vigilant and clarify the same during re-examinations.
The Prosecutors should be instructed to clarify such contradictions in the case of private witnesses also who are more likely to err when compound questions are put to them.
STANDING ORDER NO. 254
Dated 14th July 1956
Searching Warrants Issued by District Superintendents
of Police under Section 38 of the Mysore Police
Act Defects Observed
* * * * *
1. An instance has been recently brought to notice in which a search warrant issued by a District Superintendent of Police Under Section 38 of the Mysore Police Act was found defective, as it did not comply with requirement of law, namely that it was not issued to any particular Police Officer by name and designation as provided for in the prescribed form of the warrant and that it did not bear the seal of the officer from which it was issued i.e., the officer of the Dist. Superintendents of Police , or the officer issuing it.
2. These defects are serious and the entire proceeding conducted in pursuance of such defective warrant will be held void ad-initio, by the concerned court. This serious defect was also notices by the Mysore High Court in a recent case.
3. Section 38 of the Mysore Police Act clearly lays down that the warrant should be issued to a particular Police Officer (above the rank of Police Constable) mentioning his name and designation. The search Warrant from also provides for the name and designation of the Police Officer or other person or persons who have to execute the warrant further, all such warrants issued under a legal enactment, should bear the name of the officer from which they are issued and the name and designation of the officer issuing them. Unless each one of the above formalities is strictly observed, the warrant will not comply with the requirements of law.
4. the Dist. Superintendents of Police should strictly bear in mind the above points in the issued of search warrants and satisfy themselves that the requirement of law are fully complied with and avoid any observations by courts, it should be under stood that the issue of search warrant is a quasi-judicial power vested in the Dist. Superintendents of Police who are executive officer, as a special case, in the exigencies of services of service and this power should therefore be exercised carefully complying with all the formalities laid down in the law.
STANDING ORDER NO.256
No.S.C.379/56, Dated 30th July 1956
Disposal Condemned Store Articles
* * * * *
Ref: 1. Paragraphs 20, 21 and 23-25 of S.O.129
2. S.O.No113 and
3. S.O.No255
****
1. All items of Stores and other articles received in any officer have to be brought to account and proper disposal should also be shown for each one of them.
2. There is now a Register for new Store Articles and another Register, for part-worn Store Articles. But, the receipt and disposal of Unserviceable and Condemned Store Articles are not now accounted for either of these Registers.
3. It is therefore ordered that all Unserviceable Obsolete and Condemned store Articles should also be accounted for in a Register to be maintained in the Form Annexed hereto.
4. In the Register, which will called the “THE CONDEMNATION REGISTER” all Unserviceable, Obsolete and Condemned articles of any kind like clothing materials, arms, accoutrements, furniture, Motor Vehicles, Spare accessories, Radio Equipment, fire Fighting Appliance and Etc., should be entered and disposed of in one of the ways mentioned below.
i) By sending to Chief Office such of the articles as are ordered to be sent.
ii) By destruction and sending the metal portion to the Mysore Iron and Steel Works Bhadravathi, or
iii) By disposal in public auction for cash only after obtaining the sanction of the Competent authority.
5. After disposal of the article in the manner noted above, a certificate of disposal should be furnished to the sanctioning authority for his reference, a notice being simultaneously made in the concerned ledger also.
6. In respect of disposal by auction, a list of biddings shall be made out and the price realized for each lot only entered in the Register of Disposal of Condemned Articles.
STANDING OREDR NO.257
Dated July 31 1956
“Treasury Guards Surprise Check.”
****
It has come to notice of the undersigned that the posting and performance of treasury Guard duty are not regular and systematic.
The District Superintendent of Police while checking the duty roster enclosed to S.H.Diary will see if the men posted to Treasury guard duty are changed periodically as required under rule 464 (15) M.P.M.Vo.I.
Men posted for duty should keep always tidy and alert and any slackness should be seriously viewed.
The observance of this rule could be better enforced by constant check by their immediate superior officer viz., Sub-inspectors and Police Inspectors and surprise check by the District Superintendents of Police and Assistant Superintendents of police.
The District Superintendent of Police will see that the irregularities are stopped immediately any slackness on the part of the Treasury guard duty personnel and the supervisory staff will be viewed seriously.
STANDING ORDER NO.258
No.Pen.C.214/56, Dated 4th August 1956
Retirement of M.A.R.P Personnel Preparation
of Pension and DCR Gratuity Rolls
* * * * **
Doubts have arisen as to who should prepare the pension and D.C.R. gratuity rolls in respect of M.A.R.P. personnel borne on District Detachments.
Thought the pay of these personnel for the short period they serve district is drawn by the District Superintends of Police of the District yet the major particulars regarding the service including details of vacancies in which each was enlisted or promoted will be available in M.A.R.P. head Quarters only.
It is incumbent that the pension and gratuity rolls should be prepared at Hd.Qrs. Office availing all necessary assistances from the Officer controlling the detachments.
Pension rolls in respect of personnel retiring on superannuation should be prepared at Hd.Qrs. 6 months before and sent to the Accountant General for preliminary verification as required under Article 414 M.S.R.
In case of retirement on medical grounds or death necessary from noted in the margin should be prepared in the District, and sent to the Hd.Qrs. within 15 days together with the Service Register (posted upto-date), L.P.C., Death certificate, Nomination roll, application for anticipatory pension, details of claimants in case of death etc.
It is the primary duty of the District. Superintendents of Police , M.A.R.P. to see that the roll are prepared without delay. The Dist. Superintendents of Police concerned should also be promptly reminded and any undue delay at the district Police Officer brought to the notice of the Inspector General of Police.
Retirement:
Particulars to be Furnished by the Pensioners
1. Application for pension (induplicate)-Form ‘F’
2. Specimen signature(in duplicate)
3. humb impression (in duplicate)
4. left hand finger impression (in the pensioner’s half)
5. Declaration for anticipatory pension (Art.428(a)M.S.R.)
6. Declaration for pension & D.C.R. Gratuity (Form ‘H’)
7. Nomination for pension & D.C.R. Gratuity (if not already furnished)
8. Statement regarding non-receipt of any other pension.
9. In case of pensioners of Superior service, who have opted for old pension rules and if the service is party inferior to receive pension under Art.249 (a) or (b).
Death:
(Particulars to be furnished by the claimants)
1. Death Certificate.
2. Form ‘G’ duplicate.
3. Form “f” in duplicate.
4. Statements of the claimants, major sons, daughters and other members of the family who from legal heirs.
5. succession Certificates, will or other legal authority if the amount exceeds Rs500/-
6. Specimen signature of claimants (in duplicate.)
STANDING ORDER NO.261
No. A7.c. 174/56, Dated 26th October 1956
Use of Police Wireless Grid
* * * * *
The following orders on the subject of use of Police Wireless Grid are reproduced:-
1. G.O. No H. 1083-1103/POL. 3-49
dated 21st July 1949.
I am directed to state that the Government desire that the Police Wireless Grid, should be utilized for passing messages relating to Law and Order work only, and not for purposes of ordinary civil administration. Clearing traffic not directly or strictly connected with Law and Order work would result in aggregate loss to the Posts and Telegraphs Department who have a legal monopoly of Wireless Communications. It is therefore requested that any unauthorized or private message passing through the Police net work should be withheld, and only messages connected with Law and Order be transmitted through the Police Wireless Stations.
2. G.O.No. H. 12799/POL.316-49-2
Dated 18th February 1950.
Sub: Restriction on the use of Police Wireless
I am directed to forward herewith for favour of information and necessary action a copy of Memorandum of Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs No. 90/7/78-Wireless dated 10-3-49 prohibiting the use of Police Wireless net work for ordinary civil Administrative traffic.
Governments consider that it is essential that it is essential that the terms on which the licenses for which Police Wireless are issued should be strictly observed. I am to request that necessary instructions may be kindly issued to ensure that messages which are not of a Law and Order nature are excluded from transmission over Police Wireless net work.
(Copy of letter No. 90/7/48-Wireles date 10-3-48 from the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India, Delhi).
Sub: Use of Police Wireless net-work for
Ordinary Civil Administrative traffic
The undersigned is directed to state that the question of clearing traffic for ordinary civil administrative purposes over Police wireless systems has been discussed threadbare with Posts and Telegraph Department who hold to the view that the extension of the scope of the Police Wireless licenses cannot be considered in view of the fact that:
a) the ordinary telegraphic system is adequate for normal use, and
b) That such an extension would adversely affect the postal revenues.
On purely formal grounds, therefore, it is not possible to consider either of these two arguments and it has therefore been decided not to press any further for amendment of the existing Police Wireless licenses.
In the event of a breakdown of the post and Telegraphic system and in really emergent cases, there should be no objection to the use of the Police wireless system for clearing-Traffic not directly or strictly connected with Law and Order in the narrow sense of the term.
In Order therefore to prevent unnecessary and unjustifiable use of the Police wireless system (cases of which have been noticed from time to time) a system of screening of messages has been introduced at this headquarters and where a message is found to be of an Un-Official nature, delivery is withheld.
It is suggested that similar measures may be examined in your province to avoid the use of Police wireless as a means of communication for passing traffic which can easily be sent over the existing Posts and Telegraph systems, so as to minimize risks of criticism from the Posts and Telegraph Department.
2. G.O. No. H.A. 5122-31/Pol. 146-52-2 Dated. 25-9-52
Use of Police Wireless grid for transmission of miscellaneous messages:-
I am directed to state that Government of India have observed that instances have come to their notice where the State Police wireless grids were used for passing messages which not only had nothing to do with Law and Order for which purpose licenses have been issued by the Director General of Posts and Telegraphs but whose relation to any administrative matter was of the remotest sort and that there is reason to believe that in a number of instances, purely personal and private messages were transmitted over Police Wireless grids.
It has been already pointed out that the Police wireless grid should be used only for transmitting messages which have a bearing on Law and Order, and that all practicable steps should be taken to ensure that no misuse of the Police Wireless system takes place. Government hopes that every Endeavour is made to prevent such misuse, by strictly adhering to the directions and instructions issued in this behalf.
Apart from other considerations the diversion of Police Wireless facilities to purposes for which the system was not licensed reinforces the argument that the existence of the Police wireless system is being treated as cheaper way of conducting a large volume of communications of an official as well as private character.
I am therefore to request you to ensure strict compliance with the above instructions and to see that messages of an unauthorised type are not transmitted over the Police Wireless grid if they are presented, or not delivered of by any chance; they are transmitted over the Police Wireless grids.
3. G.O.No. HA.986-997/Pol. 19-56-6 Dated. 7-5-56
Use of Police Wireless Grid. This Office Letter No. H.A. 247-86/Pol. Dated 2-3-54.
As you are aware the question o fusing the Police Wireless system for transmitting important administrative messages not related to Law and Order was under correspondence with the Government of India. This Government had requested the Government of India to authorized Deputy Commissioners of Districts, in Mysore State to use wireless grids, within their discretion, for transmitting official messages of extreme public importance although such messages do not strictly relate to Law and Order. In anticipation of the approval of the Government of India, the Wireless Stations in the State had been instructed to accept for transmission all such important and urgent official messages originating from the Deputy Commissioner of Police on a restricted basis.
The Government of India have now communicated their final decision, regretting their inability to accord general permission to the Deputy Commissioner of Police to use Police Wireless for sending messages of even extreme public importance. They have pointed out that the Police Wireless station are licensed by the Union Ministry of communications for the specific purpose of handling Law and Order messages and these stations operate subject to the terms & conditions specified in the license. The use of the Police Wireless net work for the transmission of messages not connected with Law and Order would therefore constitute an infraction of the conditions under which they are licensed to operate.
However, the general question of using, during emergencies, the Police wireless grids for the transmission of messages not relating to Law and Order has been examined by the Government of India on more than one occasion in the past. As a result, instructions have been issued by them to all State Governments from time to time, the latest circular being the Ministry of Home Affairs’ No. 34/1/55P. III dated 7-3-1956. A copy of this circular is herewith enclosed for your information and necessary action. It is seen that subject to prior approval being obtained, the Government of India have agreed to the use of the grids by the State Governments. During specified emergencies for the transmission of messages other than those relating to Law and Order.
The procedure outlined in the above circular may kindly be noted for future guidance.
(Copy of Circular No.34/1/55-P-III dated 7-3-1956 from the Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs, New Delhi).
Use of Police Wireless grids for Non-Law and Order Purposes in time of Emergency.
In Continuation of this Ministry’s latter No. 11/30/53-police I dated 2-4-1953 I am directed to say that in certain emergencies, such as natural calamities like floods earthquakes, famines, etc., when it may become necessary to use Police Wireless net work for carrying messages pertaining to matters other than law and order or purely administrative messages relating to such emergencies and requiring immediate attention prior permission of the Ministry of Communications (the licensing authority ) through the Ministry of Home Affairs for the transmission of such messages over the Police Wireless net work should be obtained by telegram. Permission will ordinarily be given for a specified period & for the conveyance of specific category of messages pertaining to a particular emergency.
While applying for permission to use Police Radio Grid in times of emergency, the State Government may please furnish the following information:
1. Call sign and the location of the Station regarding the use of which permission is required.
2. Period.
3. Nature of the emergency.
4. Reasons why normal telecommunication channels are not considered adequate; &
5. Any other particulars relevant to the grant of permission.
I am to state that when permission is granted by the Govt. of India. It is necessary to retain for a period of 6 months copies of the messages carried over the net work and make them available for scrutiny, if required.
PART II
The directions contained in the various orders quoted above should be strictly adhered to by all concerned.
The following further instructions are issued in amplification of the above orders, to avoid use of Police Wireless grid for transmission of messages other than Law and Order.
1. messages to be transmitted over the Wireless net work will be short, brief and concise, verbosity and use of unnecessary words being avoided.
2. Messages should be originated by a responsible Officer and when messages are transmitted by Telephone confirmatory copy of the message duly signed by the Officer issuing the same should be sent immediately. Whenever such confirmatory copies are not received by the incharge Radio Station a report will be made to the Police Radio Officer for necessary action,
3. The incharge officer of the Radio station will carefully scrutinize the message received by him for transmission and screen the message not relating to Law and Order.
4. The originator of each such message (not pertaining to Law and Order )will immediately be informed by telephone or otherwise and the message itself returned to him with endorsement “MESSAGE DOES NOT RELATE TO LAW AND ORDER” and CANNOT BE TRANSMITTED over the GRID” Copies of the messages so returned should at the same time be sent to the Office of the Police Radio Officer with a covering report for scrutiny to safeguard indiscriminate refusal of messages.
5. In case of a non law and order message is transmitted over the grid by any chance the incharge officer of the receiving station will with hold the delivery of such messages informing at the same time the transmitting station to inform the originator. Such with held messages should also be reported to the Police Radio Officer.
6. to facilitate the process of screening and for the guidance of all officers and Radio personnel, items illustrative of whether the matter pertains to Law and Order is enunciated below:
the items noted are not exhaustive but is intended to give an idea of the matter usually passed over Radio and will depend mainly on the circumstances and exigencies in each case.
(a) List of subjects which pertain to “Law and Order” and could be transmitted over the Mysore State Police Radio Grid.
1. Court attendance, summons, warrants trial cases.
2. Information relating to arrests, movement of suspects.
3. Decoities.
4. Murder cases.
5. Theft cases, arrest of individuals.
6. Searches, recoveries and possession of stolen properties.
7. Escort by Police Personnel.
8. Corruption cases.
9. Look out for stolen properties.
10. Verification of allegations against suspected persons.
11. Information regarding accused persons in custody.
12. Descriptive rolls of deserters. Military/Police.
13. Foreign nationals-Passport verification.
14. Identification parade.
15. Demand for Police personnel in emergencies
16. Tour programme of VIPs.
17. Information relating to missing persons efforts by Police to trace.
18. Antecedent’s verification of ex-convicts.
19. Death reports regarding Police personnel.
20. Messages relating to communications and maintenance of Mysore Police Radio Communication.
(b) The following are subjects relating to administration but are of a semi Law and Order category. The screening of the messages relating to this type is left to the discretion of the in-charge officer of the R/T station. Normally these may be passed on to the Mysore Police Radio grid but in cases of doubt the message may be referred to the Police Radio Officer for final instructions.
1. Filling up vacancies in the Police Ranks and information regarding strength, promotion, demotion of Police personnel.
2. Transfers and postings of Police personnel
3. Police courses, training,
4. Police officers conference-Inter State.
(c) The following are subjects purely of administrative nature and do not pertain to Law and Order. Radio messages should not be passed over the Radio grids.
1. Pay, LPC, Leave, increments relating to police staff.
2. Requisition for petrol, personal belongings such as kits by Police personnel,
3. Settlement of accounts to Police staff.
4. Transport for Police Parties, equipments, etc.
5. Movement of stores.
6. Request for accommodation and other facilities by Police officials.
7. Reminders and other correspondence matters.
8. Information relating to sports activities, resulting of matches relating to Police personnel.
9. Messages of personnel matters.
All Officers of the Department are directed to strictly adhere to the directions contained and see that the rules are not violated.
The Police Radio Officer will bring to the notice of the Inspector General of Police any infringement in this behalf.
STANDING OREDR NO.264
No.C5-479/56, Dated 22nd March 1957
Over-speeding, over-loading and
Infringement
* * * * *
It has again been brought to my notice that the buses and lorry drivers counties to indulge in rush and negligent driving over-speeding and over-loading. The government also has drawn my attention to this repeated recurrences, I have issued detailed instructions in Standing Orders 262dated 7th March 1957. The Dist. Superintendents of Police will be held personally responsible for correct and full implementation of the instructions given in my in standing order. The instructions should be carefully studied by every Police Officer and the Dist. Superintendents of Police should ensure that the speed traps are systematically and regularly held, the lorries and buses thoroughly and systematically checked fo over-loading and over-speed more specially on highways in the State, including National highways, the returns prescribed should be sent promptly and if I find that a particular District is not doing all that is necessary to put down the M.V. Act offences, I shall put it to the apathy and lethargy of the District Superintendent of Police and where necessary the Police Officer concerned dealt with drastically.
All the Dist. Superintendent of Police should report as to whether they have stop-watches and if not they should send their indents for stop watches to Chief Office not later then 31-03-1957.
I take that all the District Headquarters have been provided with weigh bridges or other arrangements for weighing goods vehicles suspected of over-loading. In order that there may not be any harassment to the lorry drivers and the checking of over-loading may be completed expeditiously, I am prepared to take up with the Government the question of installing weigh-bridges even in Taluk Headquarters or other important towns near or on the highway and National highways. The Dist. Superintendents of Police should review the position of the weigh bridges in their districts and send up proposals of their requirements if any so as to reach the Chief Officer not later then 31-03-1957.
It is also reported that the Buses and Lorries indulge in over-speeding. In this connection the attention of the District Superintendents of Police is drawn to 8th schedule of the Indian Motor Vehicles Act which stipulates than maximum speed limits for different types of vehicle. This provision should be widely made know to all the police Officer in the district. The attention of all the Dist. Superintendents of Police is also drawn to section 71 of the Indian Motor Vehicles Act and wherever District Superintendent of Police considers that further speed limits are necessary then he should take appropriate action to move the concerned authorities for issue of suitable notifications etc.
The Government have also informed me that the Transport Commissioner and the General Manager, Mysore Government Transport Department have been instructed to render every possible assistance to this department in order to vigorously enforce the provisions of the Indian Motor Vehicles Act and Rules. We should take full advantage of these instructions and report all cases which cannot be prosecuted, to the authorities concerned so that suitable departmental action may be taken by those concerned.
STANDING ORDERS NO.265
No.PBN.38/57. Dated 23rd March 1957
Offences of Narcotics Detection of
* * * * *
Attention is Attention is drawn to circular instructions issued in this office S.O.No.193 dated 23-05-1955 laying down instructions for efficient detection and prevention of opium smuggling. It is observed from the monthly and quarterly statements received from the D.S.P that sufficient interest is not being evinced in the detection of opium smugglings.
The illicit traffic cannot be stopped unless the source of supply is traced and sealed and it is necessary to trace the source of supply whenever such offences are detected. Under the United Nations Protocol dated 23-06-53 for limiting and Regulating the cultivation of poppy plant, the production of international and wholesale trade in, and use of Opium to which the Government of India is a signatory, the Government of India has undertaken to stop oral consumption of opium by 1959. Accordingly the all India Narcotics Conference held at Simla has decided to stop the supply of opium to the public from 1-4-1959 and to withdraw the supply of Ganja and Bhang gradually.
In view of the above, the Deputy Inspector Generals of Police and the District Superintendents of Police should direct all there subordinates to make earnest efforts to trace the source of supply of opium etc., to check the illicit traffic. Liberal rewards may be recommended to persons who detect offences involving large equantites of contraband. Any kind of negligence in the matter being dealt with severely.
The Deputy Inspector General of Police and District Superintendents of Police should direct their subordinates to study the provisions of the Drugs Act 1940 under which the offences have been made cognizable and the see that all kinds of offences under the Act are completely stopped in their Jurisdiction in full co-operation of the Excise Inspectors.
STANDING ORDERS NO.266
No.PBN.38/57. Dated 23rd March 1957
Provision of adequate security Measures in the
Court and Outside While Escorting the Accused
* * * * *
An instance of an undertrial prisoner throwing some dirty substance tied in a kerchief at the Magistrate, while the Magistrate was recording the plea, in the Court has come to notice. It is reported that the P.C who was by the side of the accused did not take sufficient precautions to prevent the said accused from resorting to such an act. The Daffedar (Head Constable) who was in charge of the Police did not even arrange for the search of the undertrial prisoner before be was allowed to enter the Court Hall.
It is the primary duty of the Police party escorting undertrial prisoners or accused to see that such persons are properly searched before they are allowed to enter the Court Hall and further properly guarded to avoid a repetition of the incidence referred to above.
The District Superintendents of Police should issue suitable instructions to all their subordinates in this matter and impress upon them that slackness or negligence in the performance of their normal and primary duty will be viewed very seriously and drastic action taken against delinquents.
STANDING ORDERS NO.269
No.E1. c. 610(b) 1957, Dated 9th May 1957
“Constabulary Recruitment – Waiting List”
Chief Office No. G1.c. 610/56 date 27-12-56
* * * * *
In Chief office Circular Memo cited, instructions were issued for maintenance of a “waiting list” of Candidates fit for appointment as constables to fill up vacancies arising from time to time and to meet any call for sudden expansion s on such waiting lists should be 5% of the sanctioned strength of P.Cs., Naiks, Daffedar, H.Cs. and other corresponding ranks below the rank of Sub-Inspectors of both the Armed Reserve and Civil Police of the District.
2. The Dist. Superintendents of Police may maintain separate waiting lists for Special Armed Police (H.S.R.P) in respect of only candidates who are suitable and willing to be enlisted in the Special Armed Police. The number of candidates to be included in the Special Armed Police list need not exceed half the number prescribed for the District Police.
3. As certain candidates found fit for appointment in the District Police may also be willing to be recruited in the Special Armed police, the DSP., should at the time of interview take the conditions of service in the Special Armed Police clear to the candidates and ascertain from them whether they are willing to be recruited in the Special Armed Police. They in Special Armed Police, they should look for their prospects in the Special Armed Police only and transfers from District Police to the Special Armed Police and vice versa are discouraged. If they are willing to serve in Special Armed Police, a note to that effect should be made against their names in the waiting lists, so that if they get chance for appointment in the Special Armed Police earlier, they may be enlisted in the Special Armed Police. As and when the Commandants of Asst. Commandants, Armed Police Units ask for men the Dist. Superintendents of Police should be able to supply them from their from their waiting lists.
4. Immediately after the candidates are brought on waiting lists, verification rolls may be prepared and their antecedents verified, to avoid the inconvenience of removing them from service after enlistment. Those verified to be undesirables should be struck off from the list with a note against each name furnishing reasons for such a removal.
5. All Deputy Superintendents of Police are requested to submit a monthly report in the enclosed proforma showing the No. on the waiting list as on the last day of the month so as to reach Chief Office by the 10th of the following month to which it relates. This report should also show the total No. of recruits available for recruitment to the Special Armed Police. It should also furnish information relating to the number of vacancies in the District with reasons for tot filling them up by enlisting those on the waiting list.
6. The first report for the month of May 1957 should reach Chief office positively on 10th June 1957.
7. The receipt of this Memorandum may please be acknowledged.
Statement Showing Candidates Borne on the waiting list for appointment in……………….District for the month of ……………..
| | |Sanctioned |No. of Vacancies | | |
| | |Strength | | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
Note:- Name of officials who are struck off as deserters should not be included in the list.
OFFICIAL MEMORANDUM
Under the instructions in force, it has been the practice to notify the dismissals of Government Servants of erstwhile Mysore State in the Mysore Gazette in following cases viz:-
i) When it is necessary to notify to the public of the removal from service of an officer, whether because his appointment was previously gazetted or from any other cause; and
ii) When it is specially desired to exclude from re-employment in the service of Government. And a public servant who has been dismissed for a heinous offence such as fraud or falsification of accounts.
It is now considered that the above procedure should be made uniformly applicable to the whole of the new Mysore State. Therefore, in supersession of all the previous instructions in the matter, it is hereby directed that all cases of dismissal of Government. Servants should be referred to the Chief Secretary to the Government. In the General Administration Department, (Services) every quarter for notifying the same in the Mysore Gazetted and for enabling the compilation and forwarded of such notifications to the Heads of Department etc.
STANDING ORDERS NO.271
No.B4.c. 174/57, dated 27th June 1957
* * * * *
The Districts Superintendents of Police will prepare and send before 15th July 1957 a complete list of building occupied by the Police in their Districts in the proforma appended below. In preparing the list, the following instructions should be strictly followed.
1. All buildings whether owned or rented by Government, whether residential or rented by Government, whether residential or non-residential should be shown in the list.
2. If there are electric installations or telephone connections in any building, a remark to that effect should be make in the “Remarks column” quoting the No. and date of the order sanctioning the installation or connection.
3. When quoting the authority for the construction of the building in column 6, reference should be given to the Government Order sanctioning the construction or to the No. and date of Chief Office memo on the subject.
4. In April every year, a supplemental list of buildings acquired or constructed during the previous financial year including the buildings under construction should be sent to Chief Office to bring the list upto-date.
5. in column No. 1, the names of the circles and the Police Stations in whose in jurisdiction the buildings are located should be shown and arranged in that order. All buildings in the District Headquarters should be noted first.
6. The list should be carefully and neatly prepared so as to serve as permanent index and record of all buildings in each District.
PROFORMA
|Locality |Nature |Residential |Owned |If owned by |Authority (her enter the |Remarks |
|(list to be |of |or Office |or |whom and |Government. Order |Type design or not |
|arranged as |buildin|buildings |rented |when |sanctioning etc., and the |Latrine |
|in the list |g |and for whom| |constructed |No. and date of chief |Water supply pipe or well |
|of Police | | | |and |Office endorsement |Electric Installations |
|stations | | | |approximate |communicating it) |Telephone connection |
| | | | |cost | |Whether the building is under construction|
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |
STANDING ORDERS NO.275
No.C6-91/57, Dated 29th June 1957
Unauthorized Removal of Ores from
Government Lands
* * * * *
It is brought to the notice of Government that instances of unauthorized removal and theft of Ore from Government area are on the increase. To check this, the Director of Mines and Geology in Mysore, has been instructed by the Government to issue directive to the subordinate officer of his Department to lodge complaints with the Police so that detailed enquiries may be conducted and offenders are prosecuted.
It is hereby directed that whenever such complaints are received from the mines Department the Station House Officer should register a case, visit the spot and take prompt action to book the offenders. The assistance of Mining Authorities should be taken in the investigation and collection of evidence and the offender successfully prosecuted.
STANDING ORDERS NO.278
No.SG1/154/57, Dated 16th July 1957
Training of Constables in Drill
Reference Letter No. TR-10/1/57/CRS/260 dt. 23/24-4-57 from the Principal, C.R.S. Bidar in the matter of imparting instruction in Drill to the Trainees
* * * * *
It is reported by the Principal, C.R.S. Bidar that there is no uniformity in the matter of training in Drill since in some parts of the new Mysore State the P.Cs. are being taught ‘DRILL IN THREES” while in some other parts they are following “ Drill in Fours”.
This was one of the subjects discussed at the Inspector General of Polices. Conference at New Delhi held in may 1956. It was then decided that for the following reasons “Drill in Threes” was advantageous.
i) It is simpler.
ii) It means saving of time.
iii) A platoon trained in threes can be easily split up into Sections.
3. Hence in order to have uniformity it is ordered that Drill by the Police in the New Mysore State should be in “THREES”.
STANDING ORDERS NO.279
No. SG. 168/57/ DDI 137/60 Dated 18th July 1957
Instructions for Dispersing Unlawful Assemblies and use of Fire-Arms
* * * * *
The following instructions are issued in the matter of dispersing unlawful assemblies and use of fire-arms, for information and strict guidance of all Police Officers.
1) The instructions for the dispersal of mobs and for firing on mobs are also published in the Drill and Training Manual. These instructions shall be constantly practiced by Armed Reserves and Town and Taluk Police, who must be thoroughly acquainted with the procedure to be followed.
Chapter IX of the Criminal Procedure Code contains provisions regarding the use of force for the dispersal of unlawful assemblies.
2. An Unlawful assembly may be ordered to disperse by a Magistrate of officer in-charge of a Police Station, and it is the duty of the member of the unlawful assembly to disperse; if they do not, force may be used to disperse them. The possibility of dispersing the mobe with lathies must be carefully considered. Any Police Officer, may without arrest the members of an unlawful assembly with the public aid and thus disperse the Assembly. The following points have to be carefully remembered.
i) where an actual situation arises and an Executive First Class Magistrate is present at the spot, in the absence of the District Magistrate, he should be in complete charge of the situation, and he has in law, all the necessary legal powers to order any Police Officer, including a Deputy Superintendents of Police or a District Superintendents of Police , who may be present, to assit him handling the situation.
ii) the senior most Police Officer present is bound to assist the executive First Class Magistrate by mobilizing the available police force and utilizing them as best as possible.
iii) If the crowd becomes defiant, and lathi charge is inexpedient or fails in its purpose, resort may be had to be the use of fire-arms. The Executive First Class Magistrate is responsible for taking a decision as to when an unlawful assembly has to be dispersed by force and also as to the kind of force to be used.
iv) In the absence of the Executive First Class Magistrate any other Magistrate present and called upon to handle a similar situation, will have similar power as in sub-clauses (i) to (iii) above, and the Police Officer present will be bound to carry out the orders of such Magistrate.
v) In Order that a Magistrate accompanying the Police during disturbances may be marked out such, he will wear on the right arm above the elbow, a distinctive arm band 4 wide and red in-colour with the letter “M” on it in blue about 2 ½ high.
vi) A definite opinion must be-formed by the Officer ordering the dispersal of the unlawful assembly by force, that it would not be dispersed or harm prevented without the use of the type and amount of force actually. He should be able to say that but for the use of the type and amount of force actually used, the unlawful assembly would have caused a breach of peace or violence to person and property of loss of life. The point to be borne in mind is not merely that force was necessary but also that the kind and amount of force actually used was necessary.
vii) The use of force should not be attempted if the force available for use is not adequate to control or resist the unlawful assembly, for it will be a fool-hardy invitation to certain disaster.
viii) Having decided on the kind of force to be used the officer in charge of the Police is to be responsible for deciding as to the exact amount of force to be used, the manner of using it and settling of the details of the operations connected with the use of the force. The Police Office should, of course, bear in mind the principle that no more force than is necessary should be used.
ix) When a Police Party is formed for dispersing an unlawful assembly, it should be numbered and told off into two or more sections, if the size of the party and the time available of it. Bayonets must be fixed as soon as possible.
x) All commands to the Police are to be given by the Officer in Command of t the party. The Police are not on any account, to fire excepting by word of command of their officer, who is to exercise a humane discretion respecting the extent of the line of fire.
The Magistrate shall communicate his orders, as a general rule, to the Police through the Police Officer in Command.
NOTE: - As far as possible, the presence of the Local magistrate should be secured and firing should be done only with his permission.
xi) As soon as it becomes necessary to resort to the use of Firearms with reference to clause (iii) above, the Officer-in-Command of the Party will give the order to be the files to load with ball and will bring the men to the loading position. This will prevent the party from being rushed while the crowd is being warned.
xii) In order to guard against all misunderstanding Officers Commanding Police Parties are on every occasion, when employed in the suppression of a riot or enforcement of the law, to ensure that the fullest warning is given to the mob in a clear and distinct manner. Before any order is given to fire, and to take the most effectual means to explain beforehand to the people opposed to them in the event of the Police Party being ordered to fire, that the fire will be effective.
xiii) If, after being warned, the mob refuses to disperse, the order to fire may be given. If the officer-in-command of the Party is on opinion that it will suffice, he will give the order to fire to one or two specified files only. If however, he considers that this will be insufficient he will give the word of command to one of these sections told off as above, the fire of other sections being held in reserve until necessary. The fire of each section will be given by the regular word of command of the Officer in-charge of the Party.
The order of fire shall be given only in the last resort, when it is impossible to disperse the mob by any other means; but when the order is given the firing shall be once effective; and such as, with the minimum of injury to convince the crowd of the necessity of immediately dispersing.
xiv) Under no circumstances should a warning shot be fired in the air nor should the fire be directed over the heads of the air nor should the fire be directed over the heads of the crowd. The aim should be kept low and directed against the most threatening part of the crowd. Care should be taken not to fire upon persons separated from the crowd. Firing shall cases the instant it is no longer necessary.
xv) Files or sections ordered to fire shall reload immediately after firing, without further word of command until the order to cease firing is finally given.
xvi) Firing should be ceased the moment the rioters show signs of dispersing and all help should immediately be rendered to send and convey the wounded to the hospital.
xvii) An armed force should never be brought so close to a large and dangerous mob as to risk its either being over whelmed by numbers or being forced to inflict heavy causalities. Firing should be carried out from a distance sufficient to obviate the risk of being rushed and to enable strict fire control to be maintained.
xviii) When the Magistrate is present, the Officer in Command of the Police will act as ordered; when he is alone and acting on his own authority, he shall understand distinctly that no firing of any kind can be commenced until some vert act of violence is committed by the rioters.
xix) A Police Officer below the rank of a Station House Officer has no power to disperse such assembly himself, but he may arrest any persons without warrant for being member of an unlawful assembly.
3. In any situation arising where the Police are compelled to deal with unlawful assembles in different place of the same village or town, it would be necessary to secure, as far as possible, the presence and permission of Magistrate before resorting to the use of fire-arms for dispersing any or all of such assemblies.
4. Riot flags should be taken when the armed Reserves are called out in apprehension of disturbance, and, before firing or dispersal by force is resorted to, should be hoisted before the mob in a position in which the inscriptions on them are clearly visible.
5. Bank cartridges and buckshot’s shall never be issued to Police employed to suppress a riot. The ammunition served shall be ball.
STANDING OREDR NO. 281
No C2-164/57, Dated 31st July 1975
Investigation of Heinous cases
Instructions have been issued in this office Circular No.C2-14-57 Dated 22nd January 1957 on the subject of reporting of heinous cases. t is observed of reporting of heinous cases are not being investigated by the Inspectors and this may be partly on account of the different instructions now prevailing in the different regions of the new State Pending formulation of common rules on the subject and with a view to bring down the incidence of grave crimes it is here-by ordered that immediately on receipt of report of heinous crimes by the District. Superintendents of Police he should promptly decide as to whether the case is one that should be investigated by the Inspector or by the Sub-Inspector. After taking the decision he should promptly instruct the Inspector of the Jurisdiction concerned to take up the investigation and from that point onwards till the case reaches a stage when it can be considered that further personal investigation by the Inspector is not necessary, the case should be investigated by the Inspector and C.Ds. written by him. At the time he hands over the investigation to the sub-Inspector he should record in his C.D. The opinion he has formed of the case and the details of the instruction regarding the line of further enquiry and further action to be taken in the case.
I want the District Superintendents of Police to see that as many heinous cases as possible are personally and promptly investigated by the Inspectors & that only in exceptional circumstances they may permit the investigation of heinous cases to be done by the Sub-Inspectors.
These instructions will in no way affect the present procedure followed in regard to the instructions on the subject of heinous cases by the G.Os. Like Deputy Superintendent of Police. District Superintendents of Police etc.
STANDING OREDR NO. 284
No C7-358/57, Dated 9th August 1975
One of the main functions of the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police is his duty towards crime. It is his duty to exercise a consequent scrutiny over the course of investigation of cases and is required to particularly watch the investigation of complicated or important cases. For this purpose he has been empowered under standing instructions to call for periodical reports in the prescribed forms form the Deputy Superintendent of Police and watch their progress. I have recently issued separate instructions for furnishing me with weekly reports certain statistics about crime so that it may also be possible for the Deputy Inspector General of Police and myself to watch the work of the District Superintendents of Police in the matter of control of crime.
2. From the monthly crime statements received by me and also other reports. I find that there is a large number of discharges and acquittals. At present there is no uniform procedure prescribed for reviewing of cases that end in discharge or acquittal.
3. According to the amendments made to the Cr.PC. last year, the period of appeal has also been reduced. It is therefore very necessary that the cases which end in discharge or acquittal are promptly examined and steps taken to prefer appeals whenever possible. I have drafted a separate set of instructions to be followed in the matter of preferring appeals. These instructions are now under the consideration of the Government Pending issue of these instructions the present procedure followed in different areas may continue.
4. Side by side with this work, there is the work of reviewing and examining copies of judgments of cases that end in acquittal of discharge, with a view to improve the standard of investigation and prosecution. To achieve this, it is hereby ordered that with effect from 1-8-57 a copy of the judgments in all cases tried by the Sessions Court shall be forwarded to the Deputy Inspector General of Police by the District Superintendents of Police as soon as they are received form the sessions Court. On receipt of the same, the Deputy Inspector General of Police will examine them and issue necessary instructions to the District. Superintendents of Police of Police to rectify defects if any found in the investigation or prosecution of the cases. In cases where there is negligence of duty either by the Investigating Officer or by the Prosecution Staff, the Deputy Inspector General of Police will also issue appropriate instructions for taking suitable disciplinary action against the delinquent Officers.
5. the more important cases which need to be brought to the notice of the undersigned should be forwarded to me with such remarks and recommendations as the Deputy Inspector General of Police considers necessary.
STANDING OREDR NO. 285
No SG1-195/57, Dated 9th August 1957
Clothing Articles- sizes of Garments and Boots Furnishing of Indents Instructions Issued
At present there is no uniformity in the method of reporting the sizes of garments, boots etc., of the Constabulary while forwarding the indents, by the District Superintendents of Police. Some District Superintendents of Police have not even furnished the size rolls with their indents.
The Khaki garments, boots etc., will in future be supplied in the sizes given below:-
KHAKI GARMENTS
|Height |Size |
|5’-11” and over |Extra size. |
|5’-8” under 5’-11” |I size. |
|5’-6” under 5’-8” |II size. |
|Under 5’-6” |III size. |
|BLACK AMMUNITION BOOTS |
|Length |Size |Joint |In |Heel |Ankel |Height |
| |and | |step | | |Of leg |
| |fitting | | | | | |
|Foot |Boot | | | | | | |
|Size |In |Size |In | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
5,-11” and over Extra size.
5’ 8” Under 5’ 11” I Size
5’ 6” Under 5’ 8” II Size
Under 5’-6” III Size.
TOTAL PRESENT STRENGTH
II. AMMUNITION BOOTS:
Name of the District.
|Size and fitting. |No, of Dfrs. H.Cs. |No. of HCs. Hvlrs. (DAR,|No. of P.Cs. Civil |No. of PCs. Armed Police|
| |Jamedars (Civil-Police) |MARP & MSRP) |Police. |(DAR, MARP & MSRP) |
|6/4 | | | | |
|6/5 | | | | |
|7/4 | | | | |
|7/5 | | | | |
|7/6 | | | | |
|8/4 | | | | |
|8/5 | | | | |
|8/6 | | | | |
|9/4 | | | | |
|9/5 | | | | |
|9/6 | | | | |
|10/4 | | | | |
|10/5 | | | | |
|10/6 | | | | |
|11/4 | | | | |
|11/5 | | | | |
|11/6 | | | | |
This supersedes the relevant portions of the instructions contained in Standing Order 129 dated 9th December 1954 issued in the erstwhile Mysore State.
The above orders are issued pending compilation of a comprehensive set of instructions on the subject.
STANDING OREDR NO. 286
No SC. 551/56, Dated 9th August 1957
Uniform for the Police in the New State of Mysore
Whit a view to evolving a common uniform for the Police Officers and Men from Inspector downwards both in the Civil and Armed Police in the new Mysore State, a Committee consisting of a Senior Deputy Inspector General of Police and the District Superintendent of Police representing the five different regions of the new State was set up in the first week of December 1956.
2. the Committee examined in detail the various types of uniforms worn by the Police Officers and men in different regions vis a vis the type of uniform suggested by the Government of India in their letter No. 21-4-50 Police date 18-12-52. they also inspected the member of the Police force from the rank of Inspector Downwards to Constables summoned from each of the five regions with their regional dress and also with the proposed common type of uniform. After taking into account the cost, utility, smartness and comfort, the Committee suggested the list of articles of uniform to be prescribed to Police Officers and men of different ranks both in the Civil and Armed Police in the new Mysore State. The Committee suggested further that the supply of uniform at Government cost may be restricted to Head Constables and P.Cs. and other equivalent ranks and that in respect of Police Sub-Inspector Police Sub-Inspector and other equivalent ranks, uniform grant may be given.
3. After examining the report of the Committee and Inspecting the various types of uniform for different ranks prevailing in the five different regions and also the one suggested by the adhoc Committee. Proposals were sent to Government for prescribing the common uniform as suggested by them in this Office No. SC.551/56, dated 11-2-57. the Government have in their Order No.HD. 15 EXP 57 dated: 23-7-57 have approved the recommendations in regard to.
1) the list of articles prescribed for civil and armed Police including Traffic for ranks of and below Inspectors both for ceremonial and working dress.
2) The specifications of the various dress articles and
3) The scale of issue and the period of wear of each article of uniform supplied free of cost to H.Cs and P.Cs.
Copy of the Government Order together with the annexure thereto is being sent separately, and published in the Police Gazette.
4) The questions of giving uniform grant to the Police Inspector, Police Sub-Inspector and other equivalent ranks is under consideration.
5) The Inspectors. Sergeants, Major, Police Sub-Inspectors and sergeants and Officers of equal rank should equip themselves with the new approved uniform and wear them with effect from 1-10-57.
6) In respect of H.Cs and P.Cs for whom free supply of uniform is made, the present dress articles already issue and those in stock in the different regions will be first utilized before the issue of the new articles.
7) Action is being taken to get the new type of uniform articles.
8) Fire Service. The dress will be the same as prescribed for the different ranks in the erstwhile Mysore State.
9) MSP Radio Grid. The dress articles will be the same as prescribed for the corresponding ranks of the armed reserve. The only change is that the operators will not have metal heels and toe plates on their boots.
10) MT workshop (including drivers and Cleaners) The Uniform will be the same as for corresponding ranks in the armed reserve with the addition of one “dongeri” per year.
11) Palace Guards the uniform prescribed in this Office S.O. No 172 dated 30-3-35 will be continue.
12) Asst S.Is. The question of prescribing appropriate Uniform for Asst. S.Is. Officers of equal rank are under consideration and separate orders will issue in due course.
STANDING OREDR NO. 287
Dated 9th August 1957
Mode of correspondence between the District Police Offices and the Chief Office
It is observed that at present, there is no Uniformity observed by the D.Ss.P. in addressing their correspondence to their Superior Officers. Some use the Memo form and Some the letter form. in Order to have a uniform procedure in this behalf, the following instructions are issued for strict guidance.
1. All correspondence to the Superior Officers should be addressed by means of letters which should contain the following salutations;
a) The word ‘SIR’ at the beginning of the letter.
b) The words ‘YOURS FAITHFULLY’ at the end of the letter.
2. The subject matter and the reference should invariably be noted in all letters.
3. A sample form of letter is appended to this memo for guidance.
4. In respect of correspondence passing through ‘ENDORSEMENTS’ to Superior Officers the following form should be adopted.
Submitted to ……………………………………………….
Sample Form:
From
Sri
District Superintendent of Police …………….district.
To
The Inspector General of Police Mysore State, Bangalore.
No……… Date………..
Sir,
Subject :………….
Reference:………..
(Contents of the letter)
Yours faithfully
(Signature)
(Name and )
Designation of the Officer
STANDING OREDR NO. 288
No SG1-202/57, Dated 26th August 1957
Uniform of Officers
It has come to notice that some of the Officers have been using Khaki cloth of different shad or olive green colour contrary to the clot of the specified shade. It is also observed that socks used by the Officers while wearing uniform are not always of khaki colour. The Officers should ensure that whenever they wear uniforms the socks should be of Khaki colour.
2. In accordance with Government Order No. HD/15/Exp./57, dated 23-7-57 approving the uniform for the Police in the New Mysore State, the Police Inspector, Police Sub-Inspectors and Officers of other equivalent ranks of the Civil and armed Police in respect of whom free supply of uniform is not made have to wear jackets of Khaki drill or Khaki gabardine, half arm shirts and shorts of Khaki cloth in addition to other articles of uniform for ceremonial and working dress.
3. The colour of the Khaki drill or Khaki gabardine cloth to be used be the Khaki of standard shad of Spinners wagan No. I as referred to in latter No. 21/4/50/ Police dated 18-2-56 of Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India.
STANDING OREDR NO. 289
No C6-35/57, Dated 14th August 1957
Copper Wire Theft-Instruction Issued
Inspite of clear and repeated instructions the copper Wire Thefts should be detected and measures taken to prevent recurrences, it is found that there has been no appreciable improvement in controlling this type of crime. The situation has so much worsened that the matter has even gone up to the level of the Government where it is viewed seriously. Last month a meeting was convened in my office when the matter was discussed with the senior officials of the Telegraph Department.
A study of the statistics furnished by the DSsP and the monthly crime reviews of the Districts shows that these offences are very much prevalent in the Central and Southern parts of the new State particularly around Bangalore. The continued occurrences of this type of offence not only means a loss of an important metal like Copper but a serious dislocation and threat to the normal functioning of vital communications. The detection of the cases reported has been miserable and the preventive measures so far taken have been hopelessly inadequate to put down this crime. Normally a crime of this nature would not have needed so much attention the DSsP had taken paints to control the crime. As the DSsP have failed to control this type of crime, it has now become necessary for special measures to be evolved for effectively bringing down the crime. The following instructions are issued.
1. All cases of Copper Wire thefts irrespective of their value should be classified under the category of Heinous cases and dealt with in the same manner as Heinous cases.
2. Immediately on occurrence and report of a case of Copper Wire Thefts, Telegram or wireless reports should be sent to all concerned as is being done in Heinous cases with copy to me.
3. As far as possible the Gazette Officers should promptly visit the scenes of offences and supervise the investigation of the cases. The investigation of the cases should be promptly taken up and vigorously followed on. The Telegraph Department has been requested to promptly report the occurrences of such cases and it is expected that they would extend full co-operation in this direction.
4. Detailed reports as to the place of occurrence the quantity and value of copper Wire lost, the modus operandi employed in the commission of offence and other particulars should be reported in the first detailed report which should be framed by the Gazetted Officers.
5. Weekly Progress reports of each case should be sent as is done in other Heinous cases till the cases are disposed off finally.
6. the number of cases reported during the week in each district should be included as a separate item in the returns prescribed under Standing Order No. 273 dated 22nd June 1957 and sent to me along with the weekly reports of the D.Ss. P. so that I am personally watch and understand the steps that have bee taken by the DSsP for effective control of this crime.
7. In the monthly crime reviews drawn up by the DSsP a separate Para should be devoted to discuss the steps taken for detection and control of this crime.
8. Most of the cases are at present registered by the Railways Police and later they are transferred to the District Police. As these crimes are perpetrated by the Criminals of the District the Railways Police will not be able to effectively investigate the cases. Therefore, the cases reported at the Railway Police should on registration be transferred immediately to the District Police of the jurisdiction. It will be the responsibility of the District Police of the jurisdiction to investigate each and every case of Copper Wire theft. this does not however, absolve for the responsibility of the Railway Police who are expected to extend the necessary co-operation for prompt detection of the cases and who should continue the investigation till such time as the investigation is taken up by the District Police of the jurisdiction.
9. the DSsP should organize regular and effective patrol for patrolling the routes where the Telegraph an Telephone lines run. The patrolling should as far as possible be during nights and particularly more so during dark nights. The particularly more so during dark nights. The particularly more so during dark nights. The patrolling should be organized in close liaison with the local authorities of the Telegraph Department. The patrolling in the adjacent districts should be co-ordinate with a view to make the patrol as effective as possible and thus prevent criminals form committing offences.
10. A list of criminals who indulge in this type of crime should be prepared by the DSsp and circulated not only among the investigating officers of the district but also among the DSsP of neighboring districts. Copies of such lists should also be sent to the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID & Rlys. And to the Range DIsG.
11. Similarly a list of Receivers of Stolen Copper Wires should be prepared by the DSsP and circulated among the Investigating Officers and DSsP of the neighboring districts with copies to the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID & Rlys. And range DIsG.
12. By contacting the local authorities of the Telegraph Department a list of Ex-employees should be obtained and their movements watched closed.
13. As most of these offences are occurring in the Central and Southern districts. The DIsG Central Range and Southern Range should pay particular attention to the control of this type of crime. They should see that the instructions issued in this Standing Order are complied with by all the DSsP and that effective measure are taken to control the crime. They should watch the progress of the cases very carefully and issue prompt and timely directions to the D.S.sP. in the investigation of every case so that maximum attention can be focused to eradicate this type of crime from the areas where they are now repeatedly occurring.
14.As there are at present a large number of unlocated cases in the districts of Central and Southern Ranges, the Deputy Inspector General of Police Central Range and the Deputy Inspector General of Police Southern Range should organize at once a Special Squad in their range by drafting temporarily officers and men who have a flair for detection from the districts under their administrative control for detecting the unlocated cases. The DSsP of each Range should issue instructions and ensure that full co-operation is extended by the local Police to the staff of the Special Squads. The Special Squads should vigorously investigate the unlocated cases and submit weekly reports of the progress made to the concerned Range D.Is.G who should give suitable instructions and guide them for early detection of the large number of unlocated cases. The D.Is.G. Should send me fortnightly reports of the progress made by the Special Squads.
15. The Deputy Inspector General of Police CID & Rlys. Should orgnise a special Squad under him with an Inspector in-charge, to effectively deal with this type of crime. It will be the duty of this Squad to take investigation of more important cases referred to either by the Range Deputy Inspector General of Polices or the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID & Rlys. The Squad in addition should co-ordinate with the work of the investigation carried on by the local Police by collecting the disseminating information. The Squad is also charged with the responsibility of collecting statistics on the prescribed proforma in this Standing Order & submitting a monthly review of the crime through the Deputy Inspector General of Police SID & Railways.
16. With a view to watch the progress made in this field I am prescribing herewith a monthly return which should be completed and sent to the Deputy Inspector General of Police SID & Railways by 10th of the following month with advance copies to the Range Deputy Inspector General of Polices. The Deputy Inspector General of Police CID & Railways should have the figures consolidated & examined by the Special Squad to be organized under him and send me a monthly summary with a review made by him.
MONTHLY STATEMENT SHOWING THE COPPER WIRE THEFTS AND PREVENTIVE MEASURES TAKEN TO CONTROL SUCH CRIMES IN THE DISTRICT OF _____________FOR THE MONTH OF _______________
Statement----“A”
(Cases reported during the month)
|Cr. No. & Sec. |Section |Place of Occurrence. |Time and date of |Date of report at P.S |Progress of |
| | | |Occurrence | |Investigation |
Statement-“B”
(Results of Investigation)
|No. treated |No. of cases |No of cases |Acquitted or |U.N. |U.I. |Transferred. |
|as false of |charge |convicted. |discharged | | | |
|mistake of |sheeted. | | | | | |
|fact. | | | | | | |
No. of cases reported till the end of last month from 1-1-1957 till the end of previous month.
No. of cases reported during the month.
Statement—“C”
(Preventive Measures.)
|Length of Telephone of |No. of days in the month on |No. of PCs & HCs deputed on |No. of occasions on which |
|telegraph wires running in the |which Police Patrol was deputed|Patrol duty during the month |patrol conducted with the help |
|jurisdiction of the lines in | | |of telegraph Dept. employees. |
|the Rly Police jurisdiction. | | | |
|(In miles) | | | |
Note:- If a particular PS or HS is deputed, the total No. of days he is deputed during the month.
STANDING OREDR NO. 291
No C1-139-57, Dated 3rd Sept. 1957
Enquiry in cases of death of injury caused by the Police of Suffered in Police Custody
Recently a case of torture by Police Came to my notice and it was found that no report of the case was made to the Magistrate and to other officers. This is Inspite of the fact that suitable provisions and exist in the Police Manual of the area in which the case of torture took place. Common rules for the New State of Mysore in this regard have been made and will be incorporated in the Police Manual now under compilation.
2. Pending approved and issue of a common Police Manual for the New State of Mysore the existing provisions made in the Police Manuals in the different areas of the New State of Mysore should be followed. For ready reference of all the District Superintendent of Police and other officials the more important extracts on the subject are taken out from the different Manuals and enclosed.
3. Strict instructions should be issued to all the subordinate Police officers that he provisions made in the Manuals should be strictly adhered to whenever a case of death or injury caused by the Police or suffered in Police custody comes to the notice of any of the Police Officers.
4. Simultaneously a Wireless Message should be sent to the undersigned and the concerned Range Deputy Inspector General of Police giving briefly the particulars of the case followed by a detailed report.
5. I hold the District Superintendent of Police personally responsible to see that the instructions contained in the Police Manuals in force in their districts are strictly and scrupulously followed and that reports to me and other officers concerned are sent promptly. Failure to do so will be viewed seriously and disciplinary action taken against the concerned.
EXTRACTS REGARGDING INQUIRY IN CASES OF DEATH OR INJURY CAUSED BY THE POLICE OR SUFFERED IN POLICE CUSTODY
MYSORE POLICE MANUAL VOLUME-I
Rule: 2-Inquiry into complaints of torture
All charges of torture preferred against the members of the Police force, irrespective of the rank of the officer complained against, and all cases of death or grievous hurt alleged to have been caused by a Police officer of any rank or to have occurred to any person while in Police custody should be investigated by a Magistrate and report thereof submitted to Government and the Inspector General of Police through the Deputy Commissioner of Police of the District.
If information of such occurrence is received by the District Superintendent of Police or the Assistant Superintendent of Police and not by a Court, such officer should report the mater to the District Magistrate of the District who will direct a competent Magistrate under him to hold the enquiry.
THE HYDERABAD POLICE MANUAL VOLUME-I
ENQURY INTO CASES OF INJURY OR DEATH CAUSED BY THE POLICE OR OCCURRING IN POLICE CUSTODY
159 (a) When any person dies while in Police custody, the Senior Police Officer present shall immediately report the matter to the nearest Magistrate, in accordance with the provisions of section 176 Cr.P.C and a special report of the occurrence shall also be sent to the Superintendent of Police. All such deaths will be enquired into by a Magistrate.
(b) When any person dies while in Police custody an immediate report should be made to the nearest Magistrate empowered to hold enquiries detailing the facts and circumstances so far as known; and the body should be preserved for inspection by the said Magistrate.
160. Procedure in respect of charges of torture by the Police or of death or grievous hurt caused by the Police.
a) The following procedure should be adopted in respect of charges against the Police of torture or of having in any way caused death or grievous hurt.
b) when information of the commission of any such offence in received by a Police Officer below the rank of Assistant Superintendent of Police or Deputy Superintendent of Police, he should not make any regular investigation himself, but should at once report the case to the Sub-Divisional Magistrate, the Sub-Divisional Police Officer and the District Superintendent of Police.
c) On receiving such a report the Sub Divisional Magistrate will at once enter upon investigation unless he is of opinion that the charges do not constitute one of the offences specified above in which case he will send an endorsement to that effect to the Police Officer who reported to him, and leave him to proceed with the investigation, if an investigation is necessary. Such cases should receive special notice in the Weekly Diary.
BOMBAY POLICE MANUAL VOLUME III
178-Deaths in Police custody:
1) When any person dies in Police custody or when attending before the Police for an inquiry, an immediate report should be made direct to the District Magistrate and to the nearest local Magistrate by the Police Sub-Inspector of Inspector in charge of the Police Station concerned, copies being sent simultaneously to the Superintendent of Police and to the Sub Divisional Officer, if any.
2) The corpse of such a person should be promptly sent for POST MORTEM examination.
3) On the occurrence of such a death, the Sub Division Officer and, if necessary, the Superintendent of Police should proceed to the spot at once and make inquiries in person, forwarding his report the District magistrate with the leas possible delay. If the inquiry is made by a Sub Divisional Officer, in addition to sending his report direct to the District. Magistrate, he will dispatch a copy simultaneously to the Superintendent of Police. Copies should also be sent by the officer making the enquiry direct to the Inspector General of Police and the range Deputy Inspector General of Police.
4) the fact that Sub-Divisional Officer is required to proceed at once to make the local enquiry in case of this nature within his Sub-division does not absolve the Superintendent of Police from all responsibility in the matter. He is expected to keep in close touch with such events, and if he considers it necessary or desirable, to proceed himself and make enquiries in addition to, or in lieu of, those made by any officer subordinate to him.
5) In the event of such a person dying in hospital and the Medical Officer certifying that the person died from natural causes, a personal Inquiry on the spot any be dispensed with, all that is required being a simple report detailing the facts and the cause of death, accompanied by the medical officer’s certificate, provided that the medical officer is not of lower rank than an Assistant Surgeon.
6) Sub Rules (1) to (5) do not apply to prisoners dying after conviction or to those dying at the camp of a District Magistrate or a Sub-Divisional Magistrate.
192-Inquiries into serious misconduct on the part of the Police
1) (i) when a complaint is made to the Police or a Magistrate of serious misconduct (i.e., the causing of grievous hurt, torture of cruel nature, extoration and any other misconduct of a like nature which, subject to the guidance of the District Magistrate, the Police Officers and Magistrates concerned consider fit to be treated as serious ) on the part of any Police officer or when such misconduct comes to the notice of the Police or of a Magistrate in the course of investigation or otherwise, immediate information shall be sent by the Police or the Magistrate as the case may be, to the District Magistrate, and in Greater Bombay, to the Commissioner of Police.
ii) In any case of alleged serious misconduct of which complaint has been made direct to the Police or has been referred to the Police by a magistrate for previous local investigation under Section 202, Criminal Procedure Code, the Superintendent of Police or the Assistant or Deputy Superintendent of Police (in Greater Bombay, the Commissioner or a Deputy or Assistant Commissioner of Police) shall, on receiving the information forthwith proceed to the scene of the alleged offence and shall, under the provisions of Section 551 of the Criminal Procedure Code assume the position of Investigating Officer.
iii) It is desirable that all cases of serious misconduct by the Police should be tried by the District or a Sub-divisional Magistrate, or by a Magistrate of the First Class specially selected by the District Magistrate; and this result can be obtained by District and Sub divisional Magistrates making use of their powers under section 258 (i) of the Criminal Procedure Code.
iv) When the Magistrate taking cognizance of a case of alleged serious misconduct by the Police is of opinion that the complainant has willfully made false charge (Section 182 or Section 211 of the Indian Penal Code.), it is very desirable that he should lodge a complaint against the complainant. District Magistrates and the Chief Presidency Magistrate should also remember that under section 195 (b) of the Criminal Procedure Code they can lodge a complaint in writing of an offence under section 211 of the Indian Penal Code, if the offence was committed in or in relation to any Court subordinate to their own.
MADRAS POLICE STANDING ORDERS VOLUME I
INQUIRY IN CASES OF DEATH OR INJURY CAUSED BY THE POLICE OR SUFFERED IN POLICE CUSTODY
156 1) Cases of (a) death or grievous hurt alleged to have been caused by a Police Officer whether in his public or private capacity, or to have occurred to any person while in Police custody, and (b) torture i.e., all cases of hurt or more serious injury inflicted by a Police Officer for the purpose of extorting a confession or information should always be inquired into by a Magistrate. In other cases an Officer who has taken a personal part in the investigation of an offence should be precluded from investigating into charges of ill-treatment on the part of the Police in connection therewith, but with this reservation District Superintendent of Police and their subordinate Gazetted officers may make an informal investigation into such matters although they have received reports of the investigation personally made by their subordinates.
2) When any person dies while in Police custody an immediate report should be made to the nearest Magistrate empowered to hold inquests detailing the facts and circumstances so far as known and the body should be preserved for inspection by the said Magistrate.
Procedure in respect of charges of torture by the Police or of death or grievous hurt caused by the Police.
157. The following procedure is prescribed in respect of charges against the Police of torture or of causing death or grievous hurt:-
(1) (a) A Gazetted Police Officer to whom complaint of such an offence is made or who other wise hears of the occurrence should immediately start an informal investigation into the occurrence & should also report the case at once to the Sub-Divisional Magistrate. Any such investigation made is subject to the instructions in paragraph (2)below.
(b) when information of the commission of any such offence is received by a Police Officer below the rank of Assistant or Deputy Superintendent of Police he should not make may any regular investigation him self but should at once report the case to the Sub-Divisional Magistrate & the District Superintendent of Police
(c) Subordinate Magistrates have been instructed to report promptly to the Sub-Divisional Magistrate every complaint which they may receive of the offence specified.
(d) Sub-Division Magistrates have been instructed to forward to the District Magistrate without delay a copy of every report received from the police or a Subordinate Magistrate under clauses (a) to (c)
2. An inquiry into the offences will be conducted by the Sub-Divisional Magistrate. There is no objection ta a Gaetted Police officer being associated with such an inquiry. There should, however, be no parallel investigation by the police and any information gathered by a gazetted Police officer should at once be reported to the Sub-Division Magistrate.
3. instruction have been issued that a Sub-Division Magistrate conducting the inquiry under paragraph (2) above should instead of making a preliminary enquiry and reporting the matter to District Magistrate to enable the latter to take judicial cognizance of the case, observe the following procedure:-
(a) if there is a formal complaint, the Sub-Division Magistrate will take cognizance of the case himself under section 190 (I) (a) of the Criminal Procedure Code and proceed with the enquiry after a preliminary inquiry under section 202 Criminal Procedure Code, if necessary, or dismiss the complaint under section 203, Criminal Procedure Code, if in his judgment there is no sufficient grounds for proceeding with the complaint.
(b) if the Sub-Divisional Magistrate is acting on the report of Police Officer –vide clauses (a) & (b) of Police officers – vide clauses (a) & (b) of paragraph (1) above. He will at once enter upon the inquiry unless he is of the opinion that the charges do not constitute one of the offences specified above in which case he will send an endorsement to that effect to the Police officer who reported to him and leave him to proceed with the investigation, if a investigation is necessary.
(C) If the sub divisional Magistrate is acting merely on information under section 190 (I)(c) Criminal Procedure Code, he will make a preliminary inquiry and decide whether there is a prima facie case. If there is a prima facie case, he should inform the accused that he entitled to have the case tried by another Court and, if the accused does not wish have the case tried by another Court, proceed with the inquiry. If there is no prima facie case the Sub divisional Magistrate will drop the case.
(4). (a) The District Magistrate may, in any case direct any First Class Magistrate in the District other than sub-Divisional Magistrate to undertake the preliminary inquiry and he may also direct any Gazetted Police Officer to assist such Magistrate.
(b) The magistrate holding the preliminary inquiry will not himself employ any Police Officer in the inquiry but may employ any subordinate Magistrate.
(c) The Magistrate holding the preliminary inquiry will report tot eh District Magistrate from time to time the progress of the inquiry and the District Magistrate will in cases falling under clauses (3) (b) and (c) above issue instructions as to the Magistrate who should take judicial cognizance of the case if the inquiry justifies judicial proceedings being taken.
(5) Such cases as are referred to in paragraph (I) (a) and (b) and 3 (c) above should receive special mention by both the Sub-divisional Officer concerned and the District Superintendent of Police in part 1of the weekly report prescribed by Police Standing Order. Volume 1-Order No. 147.
STANDING ORDER NO. 293
No. Pun. C. 153/57, Dated 5/6th September 1957
Statement of Police Officers concerned in criminal cases and against whom Departmental enquiries are pending, are being received in different forms from the integrated parts in the New Mysore State. The time stipulated for completion of the enquiry without the sanction of superior is also in variance in different parts.
2. it is now necessary to have uniform procedure in all the parts.
3. Deputy Inspector General of Police and District Superintendent of Police, including Principals, P.T.C., Mysore and C.R.S., Bidar and Asst. Commandants of M.S.R.P., Balgaum and Bidar will hereafter submit following monthly statements in the Performa enclosed.
A) List of Police Officers of all ranks concerned in criminals cases (whether registered by Police or launched by Private Parties)
B) Police Officers who are under suspension and against whom D.Es. are pending.
C) Monthly returns of D.Es. in which the delinquents are not under suspension.
4. The Statements should be submitted before the 5th of the succeeding month with copy to the concerned Range Deputy Inspector General of Police
5. The Deputy Inspector General of Police concerned should watch the receipt of the statement and issue appropriate instructions to the Deputy Superintendent of Polices.
6. The D.Es. should be completed within three months from the date of suspension and if delayed due to the unavoidable circumstances sanction of the Inspector General of Police or Government where necessary should be obtained furnishing reasons for the delay.
7. it is impressed that suspension should not be resorted to as a matter of course but taken up only in exceptional cases according to the gravity and circumstance of each case.
8. whenever an Officer is placed under suspension immediate action should be taken to see that the subsistence allowance admissible is got sanctioned.
FORM-A
Monthly return of Police Officers of all Ranks concerned in Criminal Cases in the District during the Month of _______195
|Sl. No. |Rank & No. |Name |Nature of |Crime No. of Stn. Or C.C. No. |Whether under|The stage of |
| | | |offence/Date | |suspension, |the case |
| | | | | |if so, the | |
| | | | | |date | |
| | | |Les than one month |Less than two months |Less than three months |More than 3 months | | | |
STANDING ORDER NO. 294
No. 59/SA2/57. Dated 2nd August 1957
Use of Police wireless Grid-Scrutiny of-
As per standing order No. 250 of May 1956, copies of the messages that were passed on the Police radio Grid were required to be sent to the Deputy Inspector General of Police , C.I.D., so that he could exercise proper scrutiny on the correct use of the P.R. Grid.
1. Based on the instructions contained in letter No. 32/4/57-P.I., dated 7-2-57 of Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs, clear instructions have since been issued in this Office circular No. A10-C 223/57, dated 29-3-57 enumerating the list of subjects on which messages can properly be flashed over the Police Radio.
2. Based on the instructions contained in letter No. 32/4/57-P.I., dated 7-2-57 of Government of Indian, Ministry of Home Affairs, clear instruction have since been issued in this Office circular No. A10-C. 223/57, dated 29-3-57 enumerating the list of subjects on which messages can properly be flashed over the Police Radio.
3. In view of this, the practice of sending to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, C.I.D., copies of all Radio Messages passed through the Wireless Grid is considered unnecessary and should be discontinued forthwith. Para 2 of the standing order No. 250 under reference hereby cancelled.
STANDING ORDER NO. 295
No. 76/sa1/57, Dated 7th September 1957
Procedure for condemnation of unserviceable Tyres and Tubes of the Departmental Motor Vehicles
Ref:- Standing Order No 145.
In Government Circular No. F.D. III W.S/II dated 13-7-1957- copies forwarded to all the District Superintendent of Police with this office Memo No.76/SAI/57 dated 1-8-1957 it has been directed that the Heads of Departments should go in for rethreading of Tyres wherever possible instead of purchasing new Tyres and operate against the Rate contract fixed by the S.P.C. for the retreading of tyres.
Consequently, before recommending any tyres/tyres for condemnation, it is necessary to examine the feasibility or otherwise of getting the tyres/rethreaded. Since it has been stated that retreading can be done on the same casing two or three times and since a minimum mileage has to be guaranteed by the retreading firm as per terms of the rate contract proposals for condemnation of tyres and tubes should be sent in the following revised Performa instead of the one prescribed in S.O. No. 145.
1. Reg; No. Of the vehicle.
2. Class of Vehicle.
3. Size of the tyre/s and tube/s.
4. Tyre No/Nos. proposed for condemnation
5. Date on which the tyre/s was/were supplied.
6. No. of miles rum.
7. Date on which the tyre was last rethreaded.
8. No. of miles run after:
a) first retreading.
b) Second retreading.
c) Third retreading.
Certified that the tyre/s has/have been rethreaded……..time/s and are unfit for further retreading. The tyres and tubes may be condemned and replaced by a new one.
Signature
Of the D.S.P
STATNDING ORDER NO. 296
No. C5-280/57, Dated 16th September 1957
Use of Transport Vehicles without Permit
It has come the notice of Government that the movement of Transport Vehicles in the State without permits issued under the M V Act 1939 is on the increase.
Inspite of clear instructions issued in the matter in Standing Order 262 and 264, the Deputy Superintendent of Police. Do not appear to have been taking interest in the matter of checking Motor Vehicles for the infringement of provisions made under M V act and rules. In this connection the attention of the Deputy Superintendent of Police is drawn to Rule 256 of Mysore Motor Vehicles and R.T. Rules 1945, where in it is clearly stated that the conductor of every stage carriage and Driver of every goods vehicle is required to correctly enter in register in register in form No.38 (copy of form enclosed ) maintained in the Police stations and put his signature. This considered very essential and should be strictly enforced, as this greatly helps to check the Motor Vehicles for overloading, over speeding and Vehicles running without permit etc.
Hence the Deputy Superintendent of Police are hereby directed to issue instructions to all local Police Stations and Police Out-posts in their jurisdiction to furnish lists of Registration Numbers of all Transport vehicles, which pass through their areas to the Regional Transport Officers of their jurisdiction to facilitate checking of permits or tax licenses etc., in respect of such vehicles.
(FORM NO.38)
(Rule 256 of the Mysore Motor Vehicles and Road Traffic Rules 1945) Timing Register of Stage Carriage or Goods Vehicles of station
Name of Service |Distinguishing No. of stage carriage |Starting place |Destination |Time
of
|Number of passengers allowed as per permit |Number of passengers in the Bus |Number of Driver Badge |Name of Driver |Number of conductor’s badge |Signature of conductor |Signature of Driver | | | | | |Arrival of at the station |Departure form station | | | | | | | | |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 |9 |10 |11 |12 |13 | |
STANDING ORDER NO.298
No. C5-188/57, Dated 26th September 1957
Teaching of High way code in Schools
A large number of road accidents occur due to lack of adequate knowledge of the highway code and lack of road sense on the apart of the public and particularly School and college going children.
2. I have therefore in consultation with the Director of Public Instruction, Mysore State, arranged for talks to be given by Senior educated Police Officers of and above the rank of Sis. To the Students in Schools and Colleges on the subject of highway Code, Traffic rules, Safety First measures etc. A copy of the Circular instructions issued by the Director of Public Instruction, Mysore State, to his Officers is enclosed.
3. The Deputy Superintendent of Police of all the Districts should issue necessary instructions to all the senior subordinate Police Officers of and above the rank of Sis to give lectures in Schools and Colleges in consultation with the head of the local Educational intuitions.
Circular letter No. PL4-262-51-58, dated 9-8-57, from the Director of Public Instruction in Mysore, Bangalore, to all D.D.P.Is. and D.E.Os.
Compulsory Teaching of Highway code in Schools
Ref: Circular No. PL3-2254-40/56-87, dated 12-3-57
All the Deputy Directors and District Educational officers are requested to issue instructions forth with to the heads of all High Schools and Middle Schools to contact the local Police Officers (not below the rank of Sub Inspectors of Police) and to arrange for periodical lectures on Highway Code.
The matter may be treated on top-priority basis and copy of instructions issued may be sent to this Office for reference.
STANDING ORDER NO. 299
No. r. 230/57, Dated 4th October 1957
Punishments
I have been observing that in the matter of awarding punishments to the subordinate Police Officers, the District Superintendent of Police have not been judicious. The punishments awarded are not in proportion to the nature or gravity of offence or omissions and commissions of an Officer. There are cases where for mere technical breach of a rule as for example making a representation to higher authorities without sending such representations through proper channels the Police Officials have been awarded with serious punishments like reduction in their grades and pay whereas grave offence like corruption or offences involving moral turpitude have been very leniently dealt with. While it is not necessary to lay down any hard and fast rule in the matter of awarding punishments each case will have to be judged on its merits and at the same time it is not advisable to inflict unduly severe punishments on subordinates for minor neglect of duty or breach of rules where a punishment like warning or black mark would be proper. I do want all the punishment like warning or black mark would be proper. I do want all the District Superintendent of Police to be firm with their subordinates and maintain a high standard of discipline. But at the same time, they should be judicious and ensure that the punishments awarded do not have the effect of completely demoralizing the subordinate officers.
STANDING ORDER NO. 300
No. C1-33/57, Dated 6th October 1957
Expert Opinion
At present different procedures are prevalent in the New Mysore State in the matter of transmitting materials for the opinion of the Chemical examiner and other recognized Experts. Due to this diversity in procedure a good deal of difficulty and inconvenience is being experienced in the matter of obtaining the opinion of the Chemical Examiner or other as the case may be.
To avoid such difficulty and inconvenience being experienced and to follow a uniform procedure a detailed set or instructions have been drawn up in this Office Circular No. CI-23-57 dated 25-5-57. A copy of the Circular is enclosed for information and guidance.
The Circular deals with
1. Medico-legal examination Transmission of substances to the Chemical Examiner.
2. Examination of Finger Prints – Transmission of Finger Prints procedure explained.
3. Expert opinion on questioned documents.
4. Deciphering on fire-arms and ammunition procedure laid down.
5. Deciphering of obliterated and tampered identification marks procedure laid down as to how the articles have to be sent.
6. Examination of counterfeit Coins
7. Examination of forged currency notes.
8. Anatomical Examination – procedure for sending the articles for examination laid down.
The instruction given in the Circular should be given effect from 1-10-57 pending approval of the Government. The attention of all subordinate Officers should be drawn to these instructions for strict compliance.
................
................
In order to avoid copyright disputes, this page is only a partial summary.
To fulfill the demand for quickly locating and searching documents.
It is intelligent file search solution for home and business.
Related download
- this the last will and testament of me james briant elder
- standing order no
- hell in harlan
- trailer park
- requirements and recommendations
- manual for the nc bqa trainer gpvec
- firearms and the black community draft version
- 10th 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
- billy the kid references in rnm and jeh
- glenrowan masterplan iinet
Related searches
- another word for standing together
- another word for standing up
- no minimum order promotional products
- cms standing order requirements 2018
- hospice standing orders template
- osceola free standing er
- sample of hospice standing orders
- hospice standing orders for medications
- hospice standing orders best practices
- standing orders for hospice patients
- hospice standing orders examples
- osceola free standing emergency department